#i am 27 and when i let my bangs and hair grow out into a wavy
Explore tagged Tumblr posts
Text
(to the tune of mitskis class of 2013) mom ........ can you trim my bangs
#sam screams#mitski#its almost mothers day and im thinking about#how my mom delighted in doing my hair ever since i had enough to play with#in the bath she would soap my hair into mohawks#and as it grew she would put it in outrageous ponytails with large flowered hairties#in one of my favorite pictures i am 2 or three years old#we're facing the mirror#and her beautiful face is reflected in it#showing her#completely absorbed#in smoothing down my hair#when i was 12 she insisted on putting my hair in a HIGH ponytail and i cried because i was like mooooom im so ugly in it#she was like no sam you look beautiful#i am 27 and when i let my bangs and hair grow out into a wavy#floaty unbrushed halo#i look like my mother#anyway happy mothers day mama i love u
1 note
·
View note
Text
Kinktober Day 27
Kinktober Day 27: Soft sex, Jugram Haschwalth x female reader.
Jugram loves to be soft and romantic with you. Especially, after he hasn't seen you in a few weeks since he's so busy being Yhwach's right hand man.
You walk inside your shared bedroom, dim with candles around the room and rose petals along the ground and bed. Your eyes widen and a smile tugs on your face.
Jugram stands in front of your bed, his warm blonde bangs tucked behind his ear, dressed in his usual uniform.
"Hi, my love," Jugram greets you with a warm, tender smile. You gaze up at his pale face and return the kind smile.
"Hi, what's all this?" you ask as he slowly stalks over to you. Your heart rams against your chest and Jugram's eyes are soft, filled with warmth.
"Well, we haven't seen each other in a few weeks. I want to have a nice night with you," Jugram explains and your heart fills up with happiness.
You love the way Jugram can be so sweet and kind. He thoughts are planned out and nice.
Jugram reaches out his bare hand and cups your cheek, thumb grazing along your skin. His touch pricks the hair up along the back of your neck and you lean into his touch.
"I've missed you dearly," you express and Jugram's lips tug into a tiny grin.
"Allow me to express how much I've missed you," his voice is husky, sending a chill down your spine. Jugram dips his head down, closing his eyes and capturing your lips.
Your body becomes warm in his touch, lips pressing together. His blonde eyelashes tickle your cheeks as the kiss grows deeper, lips meshing together.
You're the first to pull away, quietly inhaling sharply for air.
"Yhwach has been working you hard, my love. Are you sure you're up for this?" you ask softly, seeing the tiredness behind his forest green eyes.
Jugram tilts his head to the side, a faint smile along his face. He appreciates your concern for him, but he is more than just fine.
"I can assure you that I am perfectly fine, my dear," Jugram speaks softly and you nod your head. He presses his hand slightly deeper against your cheek, tilting your head up and exposing your bare neck.
His eyes fill with hunger, his mouth watering. Jugram lowers his head to your neck, peppering it with wet kisses. Your hands reach out and grab onto the long sleeves of his uniform, steadying yourself.
A soft moan leaves your lips as Jugram's lips suck and nibble on your sensitive skin. Jugram snakes an arm around your waist, hand flattening against your lower back and circling you in closer to him.
Your eyelids flutter half closed, tiny waves of pleasuring shocking your body. Jugram's long blonde hair, tickles your neck and any bare part of your upper body.
Jugram's hand falls down from your cheek, working on undoing his green belt. His golden belt buckle jiggles as he pulls the belt off his body and tosses it on the ground.
Your hands tug on his trench coat, slowly pulling it off his shoulders and letting it drop to the ground. Jugram pulls you even closer, your breasts pressing up against his now, bare chest.
"Jugram," you whisper out and he pulls away from your neck now covered in red and slightly purple marks. His eyes meet yours as you run your hands over his slim upper torso, feeling every one of his muscles.
"Let me take care of you, angel," Jugram whispers, hands gripping onto the hem of your shirt and tugging it over your head. Your heart skips a beat and you nod your head.
You don't know how to control your heartbeat when Jugram is so soft with his words and calling you such sweet pet names.
Jugram's hand runs down the middle of your chest all the way down to where your pants are. You squeeze your thighs together, just the thought of his fingers being so close to your core make you wet.
His hand travels up from your lower back to where your bra is clasped in the back. You don't even notice him unclipping your bra and sliding it off your skin until the cold air hits your bare breasts.
Jugram's eyes glisten in the dim lighting, admiring you with such hunger. His cock grows hard inside of his boxers at the sight of you.
You're so beautiful and stunning.
Your eyes lock onto Jugram's hand, ever so painfully slowly taking off your pants. He tugs them down your thighs that are sticking to them and down your ankles.
Jugram captures your lips with a heated kiss, tongue sliding into your mouth and easily dominating yours. Jugram's hands grip onto your hips and push you back.
You let a tiny yelp as you sink into the mattress and Jugram's weight presses down on you. Jugram presses his hands on the mattress near your head, holding himself above you.
His knee is positioned in between your thighs, dangerously inching closer and closer to your dripping core. You press your clothed core to his knee, being relieved from the pressure.
Jugram hand travels from your stomach to your underwear where he slowly pulls it down. His eyes widen at the huge wet spot on the crotch of your underwear.
"Oh, you're so wet for me, my angel. I'm sorry I've left you unattended for so long," Jugram huffs out, thumb rubbing circles against your throbbing clit.
You squirm against him and moan as if you've never felt a man's touch before. Jugram dips his head down, leaving a trail of kisses on your stomach up to your breasts.
His lips wrap around your nipple, feeling the bead grow hard inside of your mouth. His free hand runs up your side and squeezes your other breast.
"Mhm! S-shit, Jugram," you hiss out, bucking your hips forward as his thumb firmly presses down on your clit. You wrap an arm around his shoulder, your hand flattening against the nape of his neck.
Jugram releases your nipple with a wet pop, lifting his head up and his narrow eyes meeting yours.
You clench around nothing, whimpering. The way he's got you trapped underneath his hot gaze makes you even more turned on.
"Tell me what you want, my dear," Jugram urges you on, thumb rubbing over your nipple.
"I-I want you inside of me. Please," you beg him, unable how much longer you'll be able to take him pressing down on your clit. A grin tugs on Jugram's face and he pecks your lips softly.
Jugram doesn't hesitate to discard of the rest of his his clothes, his pants and boxers discarded with the rest of his clothes scattered on the ground.
You lift your head up, gazing at his hard, long cock. Jugram takes his cock in his hand, stroking it a few times. You bite on your bottom lip and Jugram gazes down at your pussy.
"So wet for me, angel," he whispers huskily, fingers teasing your pussy folds. You're practically dripping out of your hole at this point, your eyes screaming at Jugram to just fuck you.
He hooks one of your legs around his hip, bringing himself even closer. Your jaw drops open as Jugram slowly pushes his raging tip inside of your aching hole.
A gasp rattles your body as Jugram slowly slides his length inside of you. Jugram hand runs up your arm and his fingers interlace with yours.
He presses your hand into the mattress, groaning as he finally bottoms out inside of your pussy. Jugram hangs his head low, his nose resting against yours.
He brings his free hand up and cups your cheek, gazing deeply into your eyes.
"Are you okay?" he asks and you nod your head, unable to form words from the pressure building up inside of your stomach. Jugram lightly taps your cheek and you meet his gaze.
He needs words from you or he won't continue. He has to know that you're okay.
"I'm fine, Jugram. If you stay like this any longer I might go crazy," you warn him, giggling. Jugram smiles warmly and nods his head.
Your cheeks are boiling and your toes are curling from the sweet praises being whispered into your ear as Jugram's hips meet yours.
His hold on your hand is soft yet tight. He's groaning and moaning into your neck, giving your hand a light squeeze. The sound of skin against skin filling the room, fueling something deep inside of Jugram.
His cock fits inside of you so perfectly, walls clenching around his length. The head of his cock hitting that sweet spot each time he thrusts inside of you, his hips meeting yours.
Your moans grow louder and louder, filling the room. Your grip on Jugram's neck is harsh, fingers digging into his skin. His hand is still latched onto yours, never daring to let go.
"O-oh, I'm close, Jugram," you moan out, your jaw going slack, sounds of pleasure spilling out. Jugram hips relentlessly smack into yours, his pace slow and sensual.
Each time, he leaves his cock inside of you for a moment before pulling out and pushing in again.
Jugram's eyes meet yours as you pant heavily. "I know," he mumbles out, hips meeting yours. A loud moan leaves your lips as your thighs tremble and the knots in your stomach come undone.
Your cum spills out of your stuffed hole, dripping onto the base of Jugram's cock.
"There you go, my love. You did so well," he groans out, eyelids fluttering closed. He clenches his jaw, unsure how much longer he can hold out.
Jugram doesn't cum inside of you often, he's a gentleman and prefers not to cum inside of your pretty pussy. Although, he loves to, but he would never go against your wishes and hates to make a mess.
A gleam of sweat glistens over Jugram's face as wet sounds arise from his cock sinking in and out of your pussy.
"Y/n, may I?" he pants out. You glance over at him, knowing exactly what's he asking by the desperate look on his face. He's barely holding himself together.
"Of course," you nod your head, your breasts jiggling with each sharp thrust. Jugram lowers his face to yours, lips grazing over yours. He moans loudly into your mouth, thick ropes of cum filling up your hole.
He continues to thrust sloppily inside of you, before stopping all of his movements. His muscles are aching as he's been holding himself up for a long period of time.
Your heavy breaths mix together and Jugram rests his forehead against yours. His cum mixed with yours start to drool onto the bedsheets and your thighs.
Jugram presses his lips to your forehead as he pulls back his hips, slowly sliding out of you. He hisses slightly when the air hits his soft, sensitive cock.
His blonde hair hangs down onto your face and your nose scrunches up when it tickles you. Jugram sinks down onto the mattress besides you, turning onto his side and propping himself up on his elbow.
His eyes gleam over your body and he reaches out, his hand grabbing your face and pulling you closer. Jugram reaches for the cloth he set aside on the bed just in case.
"Are you okay, my dear?" he asks with a tender voice, running the cloth along your sticky thighs. You smile warmly and nod your head.
"I am more than okay, Jugram," you assure him and he chuckles deeply.
"I shall never leave you unattended for so long again, my love," he presses a soft kiss to your lips, intending for that to seal his promise.
Tags: : @stygianoir@noyaistall@luci-goosey-bbg
#jugram haschwalth#jugram haschwalth smut#jugram x reader#bleach jugram#bleach#bleach anime#bleach x y/n#bleach x you#bleach x female reader#bleachichigo#bleachanime#bleach imagines#bleach headcanons#bleach x reader#smut#bleach smut#31 days of bleach#kinktober#kinktober 2023#kinktober day 27
247 notes
·
View notes
Text
M.I.N.E
Request for my girl @therealmrsmbjordan
Adonis Creed Imagine
Warnings: Smut, Fluff
AJC Finance is a globally known and relatively large financial firm based in LA. It’s percurred so much fame and notoriety because of its black male CEO—Adonis Johnson Creed. Adonis is one of the most highly paid CEOs in financial services, ranking at number 33 with a 27 million a year earning and an employee median pay of 136,357 a year. Of course, it wasn’t easy ending up where he is today being a black man in America but it all started when he was just 21-years-old working as a stockbroker for a company called D.H. Ross, employed under a black man named Oscar Hill. He taught Adonis everything he needed to know about money and management and that a stockbroker’s only job is to make money for himself. Soon after being hired, Adonis made a small fortune with his aggressive pitching style that brought in high commissions. Soon after, he decided to leave D.H. Ross and start his own financial company—not only because he wanted to do more for himself, but because D.H. Ross was corrupt and most of the stockbrokers there lived a lifestyle of sex and drugs.
Adonis started his own firm at the age of 25 and it earned an exposé in Forbes. Hundreds of ambitious, young financiers of different nationalities and backgrounds flocked to Adonis’ company. Adonis became immensely successful within three years, earning him 22 million a year. In the beginning not many people knew that he was the late pro-boxer, Apollo Creed’s son. That too became a scandal of sorts because no one knew that Apollo Creed had a baby outside of his marriage with Mary-Anne who he has two older children by. Mary-Anne found Adonis after finding out his mother passed and raised him as her own who eventually became her youngest headache. Many people wondered why Adonis didn’t go the boxing route but he explains that he does it more so for his enjoyment, not to follow in his father's footsteps. Adonis was at once a rich kid and a street kid, the proud carrier of an illustrious heritage and an invisible man—a complex man who aims for what he wants. Like Mary-Anne says, Adonis retains his father's fiery personality. Short-tempered and impulsive, but good-natured with a tenacity that attracts others. He’s powerful, regal-like, yet heavy on the “don’t fuck with me.”
Adonis is very intelligent, crafty with his hands, quiet and kind, which women can appreciate. He’s so handsome that women practically throw themselves at him and would do just about anything to get an opportunity. It’s not only his brain, power, and beautiful smile, it’s what he’s blessed with between his muscular thighs that makes him more sought after than pure gold. Whether he is dressed up in his expensive tailored suits and sweaters or dressed down in his Nike activewear, women are flocking either way. Dating and getting pussy was a constant for Adonis but as he’s gotten older, he has become more particular and that’s where his wife of five years, Brittany steps in. Brittany had Adonis’ nose wide open the first time he saw her when he was moving into his new apartment complex in LA—although the first encounter wasn’t a pleasant one. Adonis has a habit of playing his music loudly while boxing on his body bag. Brittany lived above him so the music was probably vibrating her floor causing her to toss and turn in her sleep.
Bang Bang Bang
That was the sound of her pounding on his apartment door at 1 am. Adonis flings open his door with rage at first—ready to curse out whoever thought it was a good idea to go banging on his damn door but as soon as he saw Brittany standing there with her pretty face frowning, a white camisole with no bra, and sleep shorts that had ridden up her thick thighs with bare feet and white painted toes his expression morphed into that of complete interest. From the purple satin bonnet on her head down to her toes, Adonis was openly checking her out. Ironically, G-Unit-Wanna get to know you was playing in the background from Adonis’ apartment.
I want to get to know you
I really want to fuck you, baby
I'm lost in your lovin'
I'm simply going to drive you , crazy
I want to be your lover
I want to get to know you, baby
I'm lost in your lovin'
I'm simply going to drive you , crazy…
Adonis licked his lips and said, “What’s up?”
What’s up?
That’s what she said before she pointed into his apartment.
What’s up is that loud ass music and this banging noise coming through my floor. I’m trying to sleep and this has been an every night thing with you since you moved in a week ago. I’ve endured it enough.
“My name is Adonis, what’s your name?”
Everything she said completely went over his head. She blinked at him like he lost his damn mind and folded her arms across her chest. Adonis found himself following the path her arms took before they slowly ascended to meet her brown eyes that were smoldering at the moment. He was enjoying the heat she was giving off.
Did you even pay attention to a word I said?
“Not gonna lie, nah, I wasn’t. Forgive me for being distracted by your attire, beautiful.”
His words seemed to throw her off and from the way Brittany raised a single brow while really looking at Adonis for the first time, she seemed to like what she saw too.
“Still ain’t give me that name I asked about,” Adonis walked past his door and stood in front of Brittany. She quickly admired the way his pectorals and eight pack abs popped out of his white beater before bringing her eyes to his again.
B
“B. is that short for something?” Adonis asked before cracking a smile.
Are you going to turn your music down and stop banging your fists against the wall?
“If I tell you yes, will you tell me your name?”
She contemplated his words before unfolding her arms, giving into his proposition.
Yes.
“Then I’ll turn my music down, and I’ll stop using that,” Adonis steps aside and shows Brittany his body bag hanging in his wide open living room.
Okay… I’m Brittany.
“Are you always this mean and mouthy when you meet people for the first time, Brittany?”
That frown was back.
“You could have asked nicely at first but instead you come banging on my door like the police.”
Rightfully so since you’re so goddamn inconsiderate of everyone living here with your loud ass music and punching. You keep me up in the middle of the night, I bang your door. Fair trade. Goodnight.
“Wait,” Adonis was catching up to Brittany while she was just about to climb the stairs back to her place, “listen, I’m sorry that I kept you up all these nights, it won’t happen again, I promise...can I take you out to dinner to make up for all those nights?”
No, but thanks though.
Adonis didn’t like being rejected but he respectfully let her go even though in the back of his mind he planned on trying again. A few weeks had past and she shot down his advances from that time five years ago. It took for one night when Adonis spotted Brittany coming home from a night out, dressed in a sexy black slip with black heels and her hair styled in six stitch braids with a full face of soft glam makeup. She smiled at him and they talked for a bit. Adonis asked her out to dinner again and Brittany accepted. Time generously passed and rings were secured, Brittany becoming Mrs. Creed. She was there while his company became what it is today. It’s almost their fifth year anniversary and Adonis comes up with the idea of the ultimate Asia excursion. The focal point of the trip is Phuket but he wanted to visit Hong Kong, Tokyo, Bali, and Singapore. If only he could sneak away from work sooner so they could leave in his private jet. Brittany is excited and already packed for the getaway. Adonis has a few things packed but not much since work was always knocking on his door.
____________________________________
Brittany Creed was awakened from her slumber around 7:45 am with soft, tender kisses against her cheek. The kisses were so gentle and loving that it made her shiver with anticipation for more. A strong arm wrapped around her waist and pulled her closer—notes of pineapple, black currant, birch, amber and musk filled her nostrils. Sexy and seductive, strong and powerful—that scent has her opening her eyes to the sight of her husband smiling down at her. Brittany licks her lips to speak but her husband's pillow soft lips crashed into hers while he pulled her closer. Brittany wrapped a single arm around Adonis’ well-built shoulders and pulled him down on top of her to increase the intensity of the kiss.
He slowly drew his lips back to admire her wearing one of his pinstripe dress shirts on for a night gown and her silk bonnet on her head. The top few buttons of the shirt were undone and revealing smooth brown skin for him to kiss. With his lips trailing down the center of her chest, Brittany could feel him growing ridged against her inner thigh. It was so solid. His fingertips played with the opening of his dress shirt on her, the fabric brushing against her hard nipples. With a bite of her pouty bottom lip, all she could think about right now was her man undressing her further and sucking on her nipples. With the way he was pulsating against her leg he could use a release.
“Goodmorning, Hubby.”
Adonis looks up at her through his curled lashes, “Morning Wifey.”
“Don’t you have to get ready for work? Hmm?” She says with a single raised brow, “I feel your dick brushing against my thigh…”
“You know how hard I get in the morning...when I roll over and see you laying next to me my shit just thickens…”
Brittany gives Adonis a few more kisses before sitting up in bed, “I know, I’ve spent plenty of mornings between your legs with it in my mouth...remember?”
“I could use a reminder, baby,” his seductive voice was almost convincing.
Right when he was about to show her just how hard he is his work cell started ringing. Adonis exhales, his forehead pressed against hers.
“Duty calls,” Brittany says with a slight smirk even though she truly didn’t want him to go, “You could just stay home...right? I mean, we have an entire getaway planned. I'm sure the company will understand, babe.”
“Not with how busy my schedule is today. Let’s pick this up later, Aight?”
“I’ll just wait for you...watching the hours tick by slowly,” Brittany pouts.
“I’ll be home before you know it.”
“You’ll be too far, leaving me all alone.”
Brittany wrapped her arms around her body, the smell of his cologne still woven into the fabric of his dress shirt. It felt so smooth against her skin. Adonis sits up in bed to press the power button on his cell to mute the ringing. Standing, the view of his back all the way down to his thighs coming into view. Thank god for taking his time with him. Brittany watched Adonis walk away towards the bathroom. Stretching, Brittany stares at a chair in the room situated next to Adonis’ walk-in closet. A tailored suit for him to put on for work is already laid out. It’s a slim fit double breasted black suit with gold cufflinks, a white dress shirt and a white and black tie with a bandana pattern. His Christian Louboutin black dress shoes are neatly placed on the floor beneath the chair.
Getting out of bed, Brittany walks to their master bathroom. Pushing open the door further, steam wafting out of the door and the long, rectangular mirror above their double sink foggy, Brittany enters the bathroom. The sensual sight before her eyes has her feet planted firmly against the tile flooring and her heart racing. She didn’t know what left her breasts heaving in anticipation—is it the water cascading down his sinewy frame like a stream over rocks? Is it his firm yet strapping back that tapers down to his muscular ass? Or is it the way his v-cut glistened from the water all the way down to his burgeoning erection swinging between his thighs?
Brittany steps closer to the glass and knocks. He was in the middle of rinsing his face off when he heard her. Turning, head beneath the shower water, Donnie smiled at her. Brittany returned the smile with a bite of her lip. She went to use the toilet, allowing Donnie to finish up. After using the bathroom, Brittany washed her hands before brushing her teeth and cleansing her face. Just when she finished, Adonis exited the shower with his towel in hand. Brittany leaned her butt against the sink and watched her husband towel dry. He started with his neck, then went to his back, chest, abs, and now he was working that towel from his muscular ass around to his dick.
“I know that face,” Adonis says, “I’m sorry I didn’t wait for you so you can join me, baby.”
“It’s okay,” Brittany slowly walks up to Adonis, her hands stroking his warm chest before reaching up to wrap her arms around his shoulders. Brittany leaned in for a kiss—a slow, kiss with lots of tongue and lip sucking. Both of Adonis’ hands came up to hold her face, his towel falling to the bathroom floor. She could spend hours kissing his thick lips. Adonis pulled away, gazing at Brittany’s drunken face with a half dimpled smirk.
“You’re not gonna let me leave this bathroom, are you, B?”
“Not looking like this,” Brittany’s hands smoothed down Donnie’s hard abs, “Baby...do you really have to go into work today? I mean...really? You’re the CEO. Can’t you just...call in and...we can make that trip sooner than later?”
“Baby,” Adonis kisses Brittany’s forehead, “Today requires me to attend meetings and I need to have that done before I am gone an entire two weeks. You know how it is, girl, I promise, I’ll be home at a decent time and we can leave, Aight?”
Brittany rested her forehead against his chest before breathing in his scent, “Kay…”
“I love you, don’t act like that. Smile...for me?”
His soothing voice vibrated his chest and it caused Brittany to shiver with need. Pulling away, she walked out of the bathroom, Adonis following behind her. Laid back against the bed, Brittany watched Adonis apply lotion to his body before getting dressed. She will never get over how good this man looks in a suit. Good enough that she didn’t want any other bitch to witness it for themselves. Adonis sprays himself down with his favorite cologne and applies his Rolex to his wrist.
“You’re looking sexy,” Brittany says, “Don’t make me show up to work, Adonis...put those secretaries of yours in check.”
Adonis chuckles handsomely, “Who do I belong to?”
“Me.”
“Exactly,” Adonis fumbled with his tie, “I don’t pay that shit any mind. I’m yours, and you’re mine.”
“I know they look...wish they could have what I’m having every night...”
“Hmm...that’s true. I can���t control their eyes, baby girl.”
Adonis groans.
“This damn tie, I can never get it—“
“I got you Hubby,” Brittany lifts from the bed and walks to get to Adonis. She grabs up his tie, pulling him closer, his body pressed against hers.
“The things I could be doing to you right now…” Brittany whispers before tightening his tie.
“Keep that same energy when I get back.”
Adonis steps away to admire himself in the mirror. Grabbing his work satchel, phones, wallet, and keys, Adonis is ready to head out for work. Brittany leads the way out of their master bedroom and down the stairs to their luxury penthouse before entering the kitchen. Adonis was just going to grab a bagel with cream cheese to settle his hunger but Brittany is making black coffee with brown sugar and she’s in the fridge pulling out a carton of eggs, heavy cream, waffle mix, and some left over berries.
“Sit, I’ll whip you up some breakfast before you leave.”
Adonis takes a seat at their kitchen island, removing his suit jacket and rolling up his sleeves.
“I have an entire Asian excursion planned for us. I know how much you’ve been wanting to go to that rooftop infinity pool in Singapore.”
Brittany turned towards Adonis giving him a radiant smile with white teeth and twinkling eyes that had him grinning in return.
“All of this for me? Now I really have to make sure I packed everything I need. I have to wait at home for this?!! Babe,” Brittany pouts.
“We’re leaving tonight. I have the jet set up for us too. Just the two of us, baby.”
Brittany went to work making the eggs. She did enough for the both of them and added a little cheese since that was Adonis’ favorite. With that set to the side she checked on the waffles. Belgium waffles with powdered sugar, berries, and maple syrup. Usually, she would do red velvet since Adonis loves red velvet but that would take much longer. Adonis sipped on his coffee and watched Brittany plate the food. His eyes wandered down to her bare feet with toes painted white. She always looked good enough to fuck in the morning. His hips thrust a little in his seat because he could feel himself growing yet again with just a simple sweep of his eyes over her frame.
“Eat up,” Brittany says while sitting Adonis’ plate in front of him with warm maple syrup in a glass gravy boat with a glass ladle. She sat next to him and tucked into her food as well. They both have the perfect view of LA from their kitchen since the penthouse is so wide open with ceiling to floor windows.
“Even eating your food has my dick hard,” Adonis bites a piece of waffle off of his fork while staring at Brittany with lust filled eyes.
Brittany licks maple syrup from her lips before leaning over the kitchen island, her hand resting in Adonis’ lap. She smoothed her hand up his thigh before cuffing his crotch with her delicate hand. She did all of this while watching his expressions. His dark brown eyes smoldering, jaw clenching, and breathing uneven.
“Damn, baby,” Brittany gripped his length, “You’re nice and fat down there…”
“Brittany,” Adonis chewed on his waffle and swallowed with difficulty each time she palmed his erection. He closed his eyes and widened his legs so she could feel him up more. If only she could feel how tight his balls are.
“This all for me?” She toyed. Adonis has a hard gaze set on her.
“You thought I was gonna let you leave without a little taste?” She says.
Brittany was up and off of her stool. She squeezes between Adonis and the kitchen island before sensually lifting the bottom of his dress shirt up her waist to reveal her pussy. Bringing one leg up to rest on his sturdy thigh, Brittany parts her pussy lips to show him exactly how wet and creamy she is. Adonis licked his bottom lip slow while his eyes didn’t flicker away from her pussy.
“Damn...pussy wet as fuck, Brittany,” Adonis’ dick jumped the minute he went to stroke her pussy lips, “fuck, girl...pussy fat too.”
“Yes—
“You said you want a taste? Come taste this…”
Adonis went to work unfastening his pants. Brittany brings her leg down and she was on her knees looking up at him wrapping his thick fingers around his shaft before whipping it out. He was crazy hard. Veins like a work of art all thick along his length. His tip was nice and fat and his slit was leaking pre-cum. With his pants down further, his balls filled with all that cum sat round and heavy. Smooth, brown, tasty, wide, and long. So many other ways to describe his beautiful dick—that work of art. She’s been on that dick in plenty of positions and still to this day staring at it amazed her. After all, he did teach her how to take it. Yes, it was Adonis who taught her everything he knows. He taught her exactly how he likes to be pleased. Her shy, quiet energy was taken as innocence...but she’s not really innocent. Now, she was about to suck his dick just how he loved it sucked.
“You know what to do, baby, take care of this dick.”
Brittany grabs him up, lining her lips up with the tip of his dick. She began placing kisses all over the tip of his dick, that pre-cum coating her lips like gloss. Adonis bites down hard on his bottom lip turning it bloodshot almost. Brittany trailed those dangerous kisses down to the base of his dick and over his balls. She repeated this until Adonis was a groaning mess with his hand snatching her bonnet off to grip her hair. Now, Brittany was adding tongue. Adonis couldn’t take sitting any longer so he stood up and planted his hands on the surface of the kitchen island.
“Britt...move your hands...good girl...now, suck on just the tip baby…”
Brittany rested her hands in her lap and went to work using just the power of her jaws to suck the tip of his dick. Her mouth drooled and her spit dribbled down the center of her chest. She closed her eyes and relished in the feeling of his wide tip in her mouth.
“Mmm,” she moaned.
“Oh my fucking God...shit...nasty girl sucking on my tip like that…”
“Mhm,” she replied with his tip still in her mouth and her head bobbing up and down slowly.
“You tryna make me cum like this? You know that’s daddy’s spot, right?”
She replied with her lips going lower around him and her hand juggling his balls. Adonis threw his head back and hissed. Brittany truly didn’t want him to go. His dick was so warm and fat in her mouth. She slurped him up fully now and his groans and moans had her bringing one hand down between her legs to rub her clit.
“That’s it, baby, rub on that pussy with my dick in your mouth.”
She rubbed on her clit, smoothing her hands down to gather her wetness from time to time while working her mouth on her husband’s fat dick. Adonis starts moving his hips to feed her some more dick, his dress shirt resting under his chin.
“Let me see your fingers, baby.”
Brittany shows Adonis her fingers. A creamy ass mess.
“Shit...that pussy is weeping. You want this fat dick, baby?”
Brittany nods her head.
“Keep going...ima cum all down your Goddamn throat, girl.”
Brittany was fingering herself now and with her other hand she strokes his balls while sucking Adonis as best as she could now. That dick was beyond fat in her mouth and every time it reached the back of her throat she gagged. The entire front of that dress shirt she wore was soaked.
“I hear that creamy pussy…” Adonis’ eyes were low, “Fuck...I’m about to bust...damn, baby...fuck!!!!!”
Adonis gripped the kitchen island edge tightly and with a forward thrust of his hips, he emptied his heavy balls of all his cum down her throat. Brittany’s legs shook and she couldn’t keep her lips around him any longer. Popping her lips off, the remainder of Adonis’ cum landed on her chest as she moaned out. She jerked his dick as her entire body spasmed with her orgasm. She let go of his dick and pulled her fingers out with a whimper. She was even more of a mess now.
“That’s a lot of cum, almost as much as me.”
They both stare at the mess they made before locking eyes.
“Clean my cum off your chest and suck it off your fingers.” Adonis commanded.
Brittany swiped his cum off of her and licked and sucked it clean before leaning forward to do the same to his dick.
“Let me taste that pussy.”
Brittany was on her feet, fingers coming up to Adonis’ mouth. He gripped her wrist tightly before his long, thick, pink tongue damn near slithered out to clean her off. Her blood seemed to rush to her core again and the feeling of the pressure from his sucking had her weak in the knees.
“Pussy tastes good each and every time, baby,” Adonis leans forward to give her a sloppy French kiss, “Now I’m gonna be at work all day thinking about how wet that pussy is...keep it wet until I get home, okay?” Adonis strokes her chin, “Play in that pussy as much as you like so I can come home and find the biggest fucking mess for daddy to play all in...okay?”
“Yes, daddy,” Brittany was damn near hypnotized by this man's tongue.
_____________________________________________________
“Glad that shit is over.”
Adonis had just finished up his last meeting about expanding AJC Finance. He plans on opening up a corporate office in South Korea soon. On his trail is one of his secretaries, Kimberly Jussel. She’s from Birmingham UK. A black woman with skin that reminded you of burlywood and raven hair that she always wore in a classy French braid with wand curls framing her face. She wears black cat eye frames and fitted pencil skirts with silk blouses and So Kate pumps on her feet.
“Absolutely, Sir,” Kimberly replies, “Can I get you anything? Coffee? Tea?”
“I’ll take some of that tea that you make, it’s really good.”
“With cream and sugar?”
Adonis looked over his shoulder at Kimberly with a dimpled smile and unwavering eyes, “Exactly like that.”
Adonis enters his grand office, taking a seat. Kimberly places some important files on his desk, her eyes admiring Adonis discreetly while he takes off his suit jacket. She tugged on her full bottom lip with her teeth before tearing her eyes away just when he looked towards her direction.
“That tea, Kim?” Adonis says jokingly with a half smirk while unbuttoning his suit jacket with one hand, finger rings gleaming.
“Right on it, Sir.”
Kimberly turns to exit just when another secretary of Adonis’ enters. Her name is Morgan. Tall, sienna skin, short curly fro and a sexy suit on like she always wears with her dress shirt unbuttoned a little to show off her slender yet smooth neck. Kimberly and Morgan locked eyes before sharing fake smiles. It was like a competition in that office for Adonis’ attention.
“What’s up, Morgan?” Adonis asks before taking his seat.
“It’s your wife, Mr. Creed. She says it’s an emergency.”
“Shit,” Adonis notices his company phone blinking with a transferred call, “Thanks Morgan.”
“No problem,” She says with a sultry voice before strutting away, closing his double glass doors to give him privacy. Adonis presses a few buttons on his desk to tint the glass of his office. Picking up the phone, Adonis speaks.
“Babe, everything cool?”
“No,” Brittany exhales, “Donnie...I need you to come home.”
“Baby...what’s the matter?” Adonis says with a concerned expression.
“I’m not feeling too well...I don’t know what it is,” She exhaled, “Please come home…”
Adonis closes his eyes, “Alright, alright...I’ll cancel a conference call that I have to do and let Kellon take it. I’ll handle the rest when I get back from the trip. Did you need me to bring anything while I’m on my way?”
“Those Lindor chocolates I like.”
Adonis smiles, “Sure, baby, I’ll bring you a bag...anything else?”
“Just your presence, Mr. Creed.”
“Okay, Mrs. Creed...I’ll be on my way.”
The call ended and Adonis was up and out of his office chair, gathering his things before leaving his office. His close friend and CFO, Kellon Jordan will be in charge for the two weeks he’s gone—of course, Adonis will be called in case anything goes bad. Exiting his office, Kimberly was approaching with his tea and a megawatt smile.
“Oh! Leaving?” Her smile turned to that of disappointment.
“Yes, my wife needs me at home so I gotta go to her.”
Kimberly bats her lashes and smiles, “That's so sweet...should I inform Mr. Jordan?”
“He already knows I’m leaving for my trip so there is no need for all of that. Just let him know about taking over the conference call. He knows what to say. I’ll see you when I get back Kim, alright? Take care of yourself girl.
With that, Adonis leaves Kimberly behind with his scent lingering and her body shivering.
Adonis exited the company parking garage and drove to a nearby CVS to grab the chocolate. With that, Adonis is driving home, thankful to beat traffic since it was only 2:45 in the afternoon. Parking his car in the penthouse garage, Adonis leaves his suit jacket in the car and takes everything else with him. He walks through the lobby of the penthouse building, heading straight for the elevators to the top floor. What could it be? She used to suffer from acid reflux and it would make her sick. Off of the elevator and at his door, Adonis unlocks it swiftly, opening the door and strolling inside.
“Britt?”
It’s silent.
Adonis drops the chocolate off in the kitchen and climbs the stairs to his penthouse. The bedroom doors are closed. Adonis pauses ate the doors, his hands on both knobs. Exhaling, Adonis opens the doors to find his wife—
“Emergency, huh?”
He couldn’t fight the sly smirk that spread across his face. Brittany is completely naked and laid out like Rose on Titanic. Beautiful toasty brown skin all smooth, brown eyes low and lips glossy. Adonis drops his work satchel on the floor, walking towards Brittany while loosening his tie.
“Hey, baby…” Brittany blushes.
“I thought you weren’t feeling well?”
“I’m not well,” Brittany circled her right nipple with her finger, “I’m sick…”
“You look well to me, B,” Adonis kicks off his shoes.
“In order for me to get better...I need you to be here...to take care of me…”
The minute Adonis left, Brittany was in a sour mood. She cleaned up a bit, took a shower, rubbed down with some body butter and laid in bed with a new shirt of his on. She has a habit of going into his walk-in closet, trying on his suit jackets and jewelry. She sprayed his cologne on her pillow so she could breathe in his scent. Yes, Brittany did play in her pussy. Her clit plumped up real quick with his smell woven into the fabric of the pillow and the thought of his dick filling her up. She looked down at her pussy with her legs pulled back and whimpered. He said to play in it as much as she wanted to for him to practically swim in. Brittany did it three times. Twice in that bed and once on the sofa after lunch. She was aching for her man and that’s what led her to call his job and get him to come home.
“I got it nice and wet for you, daddy…”
Brittany opened her legs to show Adonis just what she meant by wet. More like her pussy was drowning. Adonis’ lips parted and his eyes grew all dark and clouded with lust.
“I think it’s time for you to come get this pussy and make me feel better.”
Adonis chuckles, his fingers undoing the buttons on his dress shirt before he was doing the same thing to his dress pants. Adonis then removes his socks and briefs, walking over to Brittany in complete nudity. He kneeled between her legs before grabbing her ankles and pulling her towards him so that she’s laying flat on her back. Adonis lowers himself between her legs on his belly, his strong, biceps curling around her thighs to keep them open and in his complete control. Her pussy was right in his face. He locked eyes with her while parting his lips to spit on her pussy—his saliva dripping slowly. Using his tongue, Adonis covered her pussy lips with his saliva before using his tongue to slip between her lips.
Up, down, up, down, he went. Brittany concentrated hard on the movement of his tongue. She bites her lip when Adonis damn near stuffed his whole face in her pussy, moving his head from side to side and in a circle. Her head went back and she moaned. With his fingers, Adonis spreads her lips and from there kisses trailed all over her. She shuddered each time his lips graced her clit. When he began to eat her, Brittany’s hand found its way on the back of his head. He was sucking, licking, and kissing her pussy with his eyes on her—just studying her. He would say how beautiful and tasty her pussy is to ruin her some more.
“Fuck, Adonis,” She moaned, “You’re gonna make me cum for the fourth time today…”
“You deserve it,” He whispered before sucking her clit, “Ima make you cum as many fucking times I want to on that trip…”
“Yes,” Her lips parted but she couldn’t find the words.
“Cum in my mouth, baby...daddy wants to make you feel better—“
“FUCK,” Brittany’s head fell back against the pillows, “fuck, fuck, fuck, I’m cumming—“
Adonis squeezed the hell out of her thighs the more he devoured her pussy and on command she was cumming in his mouth—loud gasps of pleasure filling the room.
“You said it was an emergency...this is an emergency,” Adonis was up on his knees between her legs with his fingers in her pussy, “Whatever you need, I gotchu baby…”
“Mmm,” Brittany spreads her legs wider, “I’m a little better…”
“But not completely,” Adonis grabs for his fat dick, stroking his length slowly, “I know what you need.”
“What do I need, daddy?”
Adonis looked from his dick and up into her eyes, “This fat dick.”
“Yes...yess...that dick will have me better in no time.”
“Make you cum to get you well?” Adonis positions himself between her legs before pushing his length inside slowly. He released a shuddering breath before smirking at her with a single deep dimple. She closed her eyes to fight the build up of liquid behind her lids. Adonis takes his thumb to trace her bottom lip before Brittany wrapped her lips around it. His hips moved with skill while he held all his body weight up on one arm. All she could see was his cut muscles flexing with each thrust.
“That’s right baby...put them legs up so I can get in there deeper...make my baby feel better, yeah?”
“Unh,” She moaned in response.
“Pussy wet…” he hisses, “Pussy is fucking wet.”
“So wet for you,” She whimpers.
His hips began snapping into hers, their sweaty skin connecting like adhesive. She felt her entire pussy tingle like an orgasm was brewing. He fucked her so good that she could feel every inch and width of that dick pushing inside of her. With how soaked she is it helped. They both watched with awe stricken expressions at how beautiful his dick looked covered in her creamy mess. Adonis would go purposely slow just so she can catch the moment and savor it. Now, he was staring at her intently with his dick beating her walls up and causing her titties to bounce.
“I’m gonna cum,” She whispered. She couldn’t really find her voice because Adonis was fucking it out of her.
“Daddy making that pussy cum? You gonna make daddy’s dick cum with that pussy? I feel that pussy yanking on me…”
“Cum inside of me…”
He was going to anyway. Adonis pushed her thighs back some more and used her for balance while he fucked her deep. Brittany was in pure bliss and shock. All she could do was moan and ask for him to keep fucking her with that good dick. His balls slapped her ass and she could feel them getting tighter and tighter.
“I’m gonna bust in that pussy...give that pussy what she needs—“
“Yeah, give me that nut—“
“AHHH FUCK—“
Adonis picked up the pace and the more he hit the bottom of her pussy the harder he came. He stuffed his dick in as deep as it could go before pulling out slowly. A single slimy string of cum was left behind and it was a reminder of how good her pussy is and how much she drained him. Adonis laid on top of her, his pillow soft lips kissing all over her face before finding her lips. He gripped her chin to keep her still while controlling the searing kiss. He was still nice and stiff and she could definitely go for round two.
___________________________________________________
The Boeing 747-8 VIP is the longest and second largest airliner ever built. The starting price of this jewel is at $367 million, and that is before all the luxury amendments are designed into the jumbo jet. This is the jet that Brittany and Adonis take to Phuket—a rainforested, mountainous island in the Andaman Sea. It has some of Thailand’s most popular beaches, mainly situated along the clear waters of the western shore. The island is home to many high-end seaside resorts, spas and restaurants. Phuket City, the capital, has old shophouses and busy markets. They are both staying at the Vijitt Resort Phuket—a tranquil beachfront escape on the tropical island of Phuket with Thai culture and charm where privacy, nature, and local hospitality take center stage. It’s wide open spaces, tall swaying palms and lush green lawns gently slope towards the Andaman Sea. The unforgettable view from this 5 star villa resort Phuket overlooks a myriad of offshore islands from the calm and tranquil tidal beach at Chalong Bay.
Brittany’s boho box braids are in a bun and she’s wearing a white wrap top with a tropical mini skirt that has a high split and some strappy green heels. Her chocolate brown eyes are covered with rimless square frame sunglasses that are a brown color and she’s carrying her green birkin bag. Adonis is wearing a pair of charcoal grey joggers, Nike track shoes, a black muscle tee and black aviator shades. A private car awaited them and now they are pulling up to the resort. Valet handled the designer suitcases for them while Adonis and Brittany checked in. Brittany couldn’t wait to experience the beaches, food, and overall views during their trip. Adonis wanted to experience the overall culture, anime, and take an ATV tour. They planned on staying in Phuket for a few days before heading to Tokyo, Shanghai, Bangkok, and Bali to name a few.
With their room keys, Adonis couldn’t wait for Brittany to see the Vijitt Pool Villa. The one bedroom Vijitt Pool Villa offers supreme privacy and outstanding uninterrupted views of the Andaman Sea. Their bags are already waiting for them. When they arrived Brittany was blown away by the exceptional views. It was the ultimate romantic getaway. Brittany couldn’t wait to relax in the private garden and splash around in the 11 metre-long infinity-edge pool that appears to blend into the sea and after dark take a romantic dip in the outdoor Jacuzzi. There is one king-sized bedroom, a separate opulent living room and a heavenly bathroom with its own tropical garden, luxury bathtub and rain shower. Adonis watched her move around the villa, taking it all in. He has a special dinner with fireworks planned for her on the beach tomorrow night.
“I wish we could just live here,” Brittany says while standing on the patio watching the sea, “It’s so beautiful…”
Adonis joins her, “I’m just happy you love it...we have a lot more to look forward to as well. Come here…”
Adonis pulls Brittany in to wrap his arms around her. He nestled his face in the crook of her neck and kissed her slowly and softly.
“What do you wanna do right now?”
Brittany couldn’t seem to narrow it down to one thing. Walk the beach? Take a dip in the pool?
“How about we think it over while drinking some champagne?”
“Sounds good to me,” Brittany says, taking Adonis’ hand and entering the villa. Both of them take a seat on their bed while sharing champagne. Neither of them felt like unpacking at the moment so they planned on doing that before taking a nice bubble bath. Tomorrow Adonis will take her on a yacht tour and afterwards they will ride ATV’s then have a fancy dinner on the beach.
“Can you understand Thai?” Brittany asks.
“A little. I’m still learning. I can understand Indonesian, Japanese of course, still trying to be more fluent since I’m trying to expand globally.”
“That’s so sexy to me. A fluent tongue…” Brittany licks her lips.
“I can always teach you,” Adonis says.
With the bottle nearly empty, Brittany and Adonis take a much needed nap. They were out for a while because it’s nearly nightfall. Brittany wakes up first to use the bathroom. After relieving herself, she starts a bubble bath for the both of them. It was a relaxing and romantic ambience with deep cleansing treatments, body scrubs, oils, and scented body soaps. Brittany added herbal oil to the bubble bath to better relax them. Afterwards, Brittany lit some candles and dimmed the lights. Undressing, Brittany enters the room to grab Adonis. She wakes him with kisses to his soft lips.
“I have a bubble bath ready for us,” She whispered against his lips.
“Mmm, is that right?” He replies with low eyes and that raspy voice she loves.
“Mhm,” She tongue kissed him, “Come on before it gets cold.”
They usually took showers together since the tub at their place was a single tub. With both of their naked bodies submerged in the soapy water, they gazed at each other’s bodies with desire. Can simple stares make a woman pregnant? Adonis calmly admired her and she looked back at him. His hands smoothed up and down her soapy legs. Brittany stared at him like someone who has seen something very interesting and lovely. She kept chewing on her bottom lip while staring at him. Eventually, Adonis moved closer to her, so that their legs almost surrounded each other’s waist and he put his arms around her, pulling her forward and into his lap. Brittany wrapped her soapy arms around his shoulders. She can feel his stiff dick against her ass beneath the soapy depths.
“That dick feels so good,” She spoke with a hushed tone in his ear. His wet hands rubbed her hips. His dick was bobbing up and down in the water and it kept smacking her pussy and ass. Adonis spreads her ass cheeks beneath the water which causes her pussy to open and Brittany takes that opportunity to grab his dick up to rub along her clit. Each time she smacked his wide tip against her pussy the water would splash. Adonis smiles at her actions while cuffing both of her cheeks firmly.
Adonis leaned forward to flick his tongue against her ear, “you gon’ keep slapping your clit with it or are you gonna let me put this dick in you?”
Brittany rests her wet forehead against Adonis’ shoulder before taking her teeth to nibble on his flesh.
“I asked you a question, girl…”
“Of course you can put this dick in me,” Brittany says while stroking him beneath the water.
“Aight, turn around.”
Brittany lifts from Adonis’ lap and turns around on her knees in the bath, her ass arched and soaking wet with soap bubbles clinging to her skin. Adonis grabs his fat dick with one hand and with the other he rubs each ass cheek in front of him. The soap mixed with oil made her skin extra shiny and slippery. Brittany rested her head on the back of the tub with her hands planted on the wet wall. He rubbed his hands in a circular motion over her ass before slapping each cheek. Brittany closed her eyes and enjoyed his heavy hands coming down on her wet skin. The sound echoed off of the walls.
“I’ma eat it just like this.”
He couldn’t help himself. Her pussy lips were in his face and nestled between her thick thighs daring him to come and taste. Brittany spreads her thighs some more, careful not to slip. Adonis scoots closer, some of the water sloshing over the edge before leaning forward to kiss her pussy lips. He was beating his pipe at the same time. Brittany could hear the flesh of his shaft against his palm. It sounded so good. She wanted that dick up in her badly but his mouth was currently in place sucking on her clit and alternating between tongue-fucking her pussy.
“Damn...I’ma eat this phat pussy morning day and night... slurping on this juicy phat pussy...mhmmm... mhmmm...such an amazing view baby…”
“Oh, my God, Donnie…” Brittany pushed her pussy in his face and Donnie had to grab her ass to keep her still. She rode his face from behind like she always did, popping her ass and pushing all that pussy back on him. Adonis whacked her ass each time she did that. The water was swaying in the tub from their movement. Adonis loves to get his mouth on her pussy. She was giving and he was taking her yummy phat pussy in his mouth as best as he could with lots of spit. She could hear his tongue flicking back and forth and just when he made it go flat to swipe her pussy up and down, over and over, she climaxed. Her hands struggled to grip the wall and her knees slid to opposite ends of the tub and that gave Adonis more of a reason to eat her pussy. She reached back to palm his head and guided him where she wanted.
“Right there baby...right on that clit...mmm...suck on it baby...shit...your pussy is cumming for you...make your pussy cum...show me how much you want your pussy to cum...yesss...fuckkkk...Donnie...baby...shit.”
She couldn’t hold on any longer. Her hand left his head and now she was shaking. Adonis gave her one final kiss before lifting to his knees. Brittany looks back and sees how much he’s struggling. That dick was weeping. His pre-cum dribbled from his slit and into the water. It was stiff and pointing out towards her pussy.
“I’m a creamy mess back there?” Brittany asks.
“Fuck yes,” Adonis takes a finger to rub it in, “It’s hella sloppy like always…”
“Put that dick in, beat my walls up,” She pressed her face against the wall and spread her cheeks for him, “see this tight pussy? Put that big dick right in here…”
“You gon’ tear this dick up? Cream all over this dick…”
“Bring me that dick—
Brittany couldn’t even finish her words when Adonis’ wide tip slipped easily past her opening followed by his girth and length. His hand came down on her ass rough followed by the second one before he squeezed her ass. With his sturdy hips, Adonis pushed his dick in and out of her pussy—not rushed, but moderately moving so that she could feel all of him. She parted her lips and exhaled longingly while struggling to thrust her hips back to meet him. It was like a battle of who’s fucking who. Each time she went back, Donnie would thrust forward deeply. His hands moved to grip her slippery waist and from there he began to increase the pace. Brittany’s wet cheeks bounced off of his hips and it stung each time from the water.
“There you go, girl—
“Donnie, shit!!!”
He was taking over. Their movements caused the floor to get wet.
“This what you wanted right? Get a room and fuck all day?”
“Yes, daddy—
“You know that’s my shit too...get a hotel...check in early…and make love to this good pussy all fucking night...wake you up at 2 am with dick deep in this pussy.”
Brittany and Adonis haven’t taken a trip in a long while and this is something they used to do all the time. Check in to the most expensive hotel wherever they are, drink, eat, and fuck. Fuck in the kitchen, fuck on the balcony, fuck in the shower, and fuck from the floor to the bed. The thought of it made her cream his dick. One of Adonis’ hands came around to grip the front of Brittany’s throat so he could lean forward and whisper in her ear between strokes.
“You look so pretty with my dick in your pussy,” He nibbled on her jaw, “tearing that pretty ass up, right?”
“Fuck—
“Keep that pussy right there baby.”
“Adonis—
“Submissive and taking this pipe good—
“It’s in my stomach…fuck my pussy daddy...I love your dick—
“Fuck this pussy? I can’t wait to cum in your pretty little pussy.”
Brittany could hardly go without making a bunch of noise and it was music to his ears. With his hand wrapped around her braids now he went faster, the water really splashing and getting everywhere. It splashed so much that it put the fire out of two of the candles.
“Fuck—
“I feel that pussy baby,” Adonis stood still so he could feel her walls convulse around him while she came. He threw his head back and hissed before fucking her again.
“Shove it in, babe.”
With her words Adonis went hard in her pussy, his balls heavy and tight. He was about to bust. Just a few more strokes in her good pussy and he was gonna cream pie her ass something serious.
“Yes, daddy—
“Yes daddy what? Gonna keep taking that dick? Look back at me while I beat that pussy in and flood you with all this nut—
Everytime he fucked Brittany—his wife, from the back, he loved seeing her ass like that. Jiggling, bouncing, clapping, red from his slaps. He came so hard that he almost fell on top of her in the tub. Adonis gripped the edge of the tub to hold himself up when he emptied his load inside of her. They both couldn’t move so they stayed connected until their hearts slowed down and their breathing caught up.
_______________________________________________________
Throughout the rest of the evening, Brittany and Adonis couldn’t keep their hands, lips, and tongues off of each other. They both went to a stunning beachfront Thai restaurant after their sexy bath and afterward they walked the beach home and took a few pictures. It’s the next morning and they shared a lovely breakfast in the restaurant and bar that included mimosas and a beautiful view. Erik has a yacht rented for them to explore the Andaman sea—Princess S65 Kati. Their final destination will be Langkawi Island, a natural tropical paradise in SouthEast Asia. Brittany is sipping on wine in her little black bikini and black sheer robe, enjoying the good life while swaying her thick hips, braids blowing in the wind. A black girl in luxury. Adonis is shirtless and in a pair of turquoise and black trunks, smoking a cigar and sipping on his drink.
Adonis watched his wife enjoy herself to the fullest with a big smile on his face. It was her laugh, her glistening skin, and her hips moving to the music in her head that has him getting up from lounging and walking up on her. He wrapped his strong arms around her, Brittany turning to face him. She pulled him close with her arms around his shoulders while he kissed her right brow all the way down to her lips.
“Kiss me again,” He says, drunk and clingy.
Adonis has so much love for Brittany. He could fill rooms with it. Buildings. He’s surrounded by it wherever he goes, he walks through it, breathes it...it’s in his lungs, and under his tongue, and between his legs. His mouth moved passionately over hers, urging her lips apart. It was a kiss to level mountains and shake stars from the sky. It was a kiss to make angles faint and demons weep...a passionate, demanding, soul-searing kiss that nearly knocked the earth off its axis.
“Look!”
Brittany broke their kiss and pointed towards a beautiful island with white sand and clear water. With both of their phones out they snapped pictures. The yacht arrived at a dock on the island and Brittany and Adonis stepped off with beach towels and a basket filled with lunch for them both. After chilling on the beach Adonis wanted to go on an ATV tour before heading back to the villa to prepare for dinner that evening. They both found a spot on the sand and laid out towels. Brittany setup lunch that included Tom yum, green and papaya salad, fruit, and pomegranate juice. The beach was free of other people so Adonis plucked the strings of her bikini top, Brittany’s succulent breast displayed for him. Adonis took a few pictures of her to admire later on. Sand palm prints on her cheeks and sweaty cocoa skin. After lunch, they both took a dip in the water to cool off, splashing around and swimming. They both spent at least two hours there before heading back to the yacht to change into appropriate clothes for the ATV tour.
Adonis was in his element when they arrived on the ATV tour. Head strap camera on, all black cargo pants, a red muscle tee, black bandanna around his mouth, and black hiking boots on his feet, Adonis climbed onto his own ATV while Brittany took off on her own. She went off before him and Adonis was taken by surprise. She’s wearing grey biker shorts with a matching sports bra, grey hiking boots, and her braids in a bun. They explored the natural wonderland of Phuket island from Bang-Tao to Patong. Of course, the ride wasn’t a clean one. Just thirty minutes in they were both covered with splashes of mud. They took the whole three hours given to enjoy themselves with breaks in between. Early day adventures finished, Adonis and Brittany took the yacht back to the villa. They showered together, unable to fight the urge to be all over each other again. .
Adonis is strong. He lifted Brittany up against the wall and rested her legs on his shoulders while he pressed his lips into her folds. Smacking his lips, Adonis spits on her clit before making his tongue wide to flick her clit up and down. Side-to-side. Adonis moaned her name while he explored her wet pussy with his tongue and lips. He needed to enter her expeditiously. Brittany moaned despite her fear of falling but she knew Adonis had her. With his tongue in her pussy, Brittany’s walls gripped him and she creamed in his mouth. Putting her down, Adonis gripped her braids and lowered her head to show her how throbbing hard he is. He gripped his erection and showed her how much pre-cum seeped from his slit. She was on her knees speedily to lick him up.
“Oooh,” She moaned between sucking.
“Damn, Brittany...suck it baby...suck that dick baby…”
Looking down he could see her spit all over him and that slurping noise she was making had him pushing her head down further so he could hear her gag. Just watching her suck his dick made him want to flood her womb with his nut. He pumped harder into her mouth, an erratic movement of his hips forcing all that fat dick down her throat.
“Look at you baby...such a beautiful Bitch taking all this dick...you gon’ take all this later right ?”
He didn’t give her room to respond. Brittany was squeezing his thighs.
“I see you baby...I see how much you love daddy’s dick...I feel that throat opening up...mouth swallowing my shit.”
“Mm…” Brittany hummed, the sides of her mouth stretching.
“Shit...oh fuck...girl...goddamn baby…”
His hips jerked wildly.
“Damn baby!!! Damn!!”
Adonis could feel his glans throb in her mouth and now his balls began to empty his heavy load down her throat. She still sucked. He looked at her with a mixture of lust and bewilderment. Tugging on her hair, he made Brittany let go of his dick with her tight lips. His shit was extra sensitive and she kept playing around, licking his tip.
“Ared stop it, girl,” He said while moving away from her hand.
“I can’t help it, it’s so tasty. I want some more of that dick…”
“Later, Aight?” Adonis turned off the shower, “You know I got something special planned for your tonight, right?”
“All for me?” Brittany bites her lip and bats her lashes at him. That shit always made him weak.
“Uh-huh...everything for my baby.”
They exited the shower wrapped in one towel that barely covered them. Once they got back to the villa, they planned on taking a nap so they could be energized for dinner. He has the biggest firework experience planned for her on the beach. Then he was going to finish the night out with her pussy filled with his hot quintessence.
________________________________________________________
The setup was otherworldly.
Adonis really pulled out all the stops.
The romantic beach dinner was a complete surprise for Brittany. They had their very own candle-lit beach cabana where they can put their toes in the sand while staring into the twinkling lights of the Andaman sea and Patong bay. They had their very own menu that included Phuket lobster, sea bass, seafood skewers, beef tenderloin, baked garlic potatoes, a bread basket, tropical fruits, and the finest wine. Brittany wore a fitted orange maxi dress with a high slit and her braids down with gold accessories decorating the strands, and a new gold jewelry set that Adonis gifted her along with the perfume on her skin. Adonis wore a pair of light wash denim cutoffs with a short sleeve white button down shirt halfway buttoned. He has silver jewelry with white diamonds on to bring the casual look together. This was the night of her lifetime. The evening sky mixed with the sound of the waves crashing set the tone of the dinner.
Brittany finished off the last bit of her dessert before grabbing her wine. His eyes were those of someone who’s deeply in love, someone who sees nothing but his lover, someone who has no fear of anything except losing her. The eyes of someone who believes that every dream will come true, that reality will move if you just give it a push. It was so intense that it has Brittany panting with need. The dinner was splendid. Now, she wanted him to slather her mouth with slow wet kisses and give her soaked pussy deep thrusts—plunging balls deep. He senses her need and with an outreached hand they walk away from the cabana and further out on the beach hand in hand. Adonis kisses Brittany’s hand before pulling her in close to him. They stared at the sky in comfortable silence until the first firework lit up the evening sky with blue, purple, and pink. She turned to Adonis with a tilt of her head and a wide smile.
“A firework show?! Wow, Adonis,” She shook her head and stared up at a few comet fireworks the color of red and orange. Next, a green peony firework burst the sky and it flashed within Brittany’s brown irises. When the golden willow firework went off she gasped excitedly and Adonis couldn’t help but laugh and smile. So many pretty colors to take in. Jellyfish fireworks sprouted and at that point Brittany dug into her cream colored clutch for her phone to record. She turned the camera on Adonis and he saluted with a big smile before she focused back to the show. Crackles, strobes, and then ending in a big dahlia, the show came to an end.
“I don’t need to ask if you enjoyed your evening,” Adonis says with a smirk.
“This. Was. Perfect. Amazing? Romantic? I don’t even know the proper word to describe how much I appreciate everything you do for me.”
Brittany blinked away tears and wrapped her arms around his torso. He pulled her in with his hands rubbing her exposed back up and down.
“You mean everything to me…”
His touch was electric against her brown skin. Those eyes of his are on her. The eyes that make her weak every time he looked at her damn face. They created something special together and with the way he kissed her with all his tongue while she uttered sounds that had him on the edge had him ready to spill his cum deep inside of her.
“...Time to go back and end this night with a bang,” Adonis palmed both her ass cheeks, “I ain’t give you the proper dick down yet and that’s what I plan on doing.”
“Can’t wait,” Brittany whispered against his lips.
Finished at the beach, Brittany and Adonis headed back to their private villa for some more fun. Inside, Adonis opened a fresh bottle of champagne while Brittany went to the bedroom to get prepared. She had a little something in mind herself. Opening her suitcase, Brittany pulls out a pair of sexy black panties with the sides cut out, a cheetah print top that’s see through, and some thigh high laced boots with a platform and a long heel like she was an exotic dancer. One thing for sure, Adonis loves it when she dresses up in the bedroom so he can take it all off himself. Except the shoes. He bought the sexiest shoes with the tallest heel to fuck her in. He has a fetish for legs—thick thighs and strong calves. Crawling in the center of the bed on her back with her legs spread and resting on her elbows, Brittany waited for Adonis to come back into the bedroom to find her.
“Damn, baby, it’s like that?”
Adonis walked in with the champagne bottle in hand.
“So...this is my surprise for the night?” Adonis sits the bottle down before going over to stand between Brittany’s legs. He lowered his head to kiss Brittany and she slipped him a bit of tongue.
“Mmm...when did you get these boots?” Adonis asked while running his hands up and down the leather with awe. He grabs the back of her right leg bringing it up to rest on his shoulder. He rubbed his fingers across the lace up detailing while biting his lip. Not only did she look good in the boots, her pussy was sitting fat between her thighs and he could make out her areolas and nipples beyond the cheetah print top.
“I bought them online a week before the trip...I see you love them…” her hand rubs up and down her pussy, “you did so much for me today...it’s time I give you this pussy...it’s wet as fuck too,” Brittany pulls the crotch of her panties aside. That pussy slipped out and spread open for him. Adonis licks two of his fingers and strokes her pussy lips.
“I plan on being in this phat pussy all night girl.”
“And I want that fat dick in me all night,” Brittany reached out to hook her fingers in the front of his jeans to pull him closer. Adonis was on his knees between her legs now while Brittany stroked his thick erection. Adonis took one hand to pull her top down to expose both her breasts for him to tease. He twirled her nipples and pulled on her nipples just so he can release them and watch them bounce.
“That pussy is insanely pretty, baby. Pussy tight and delicious…”
“Come eat this pussy.”
Adonis didn’t need to be told twice. Brittany spread her thighs and pointed her heels towards the ceiling with her hand on the back of Adonis head. He started off by slurping with spit drooling from his tongue to get her nice and messy. Satisfied, Adonis spreads her lips, pulls the hood of her clit back, and goes to work with slow licks to her clit. That tongue moved like a wave hitting all the right spots.
“That fucking tongue don’t make no sense...fuck, daddy, that shit is so fucking good keep doing that.
Adonis made sure to move his tongue over her labia since it looked so fleshy and delicious. Not a single spot was left out from his tongue and lips. Her whole pussy was sucked up in his mouth. She watched him with low eyes and a lick of her lips. Brittany’s head went back when he alternated between flicking her clit with the tip of his tongue and sucking on it.
“Keep them legs open...you tell daddy to eat this pussy you keep these thick ass thighs back, you understand?”
“...Gonna make me cum so good,” Brittany did as she was told. She held her thighs back for him.
“Ima make this pussy cum all in my mouth...pussy is so wet on my tongue...tight, pink, fat pussy…”
“Unh, shit, Donnie,” Brittany’s fingers kept the hood of her clit back so Adonis could give her direct stimulation whenever he wanted. Each time he came back to her clit the urge to cum would increase. It came to a breaking point and she was a loud moaning mess in that room with her thighs trapping his head. Her cumming was a sign for him to keep going. Her hips lifted from the bed and his strong arms pushed her thighs apart with force so he could french kiss her pussy into another orgasm. She fell back with defeat.
“My mouth is watering.”
Adonis could feel his taste buds tingling for more.
“The best fucking pussy in the world,” He reluctantly pulled away to stand and undress. His eyes focused on her pussy the entire time he took his clothes off.
“Pussy so good I gotta put my dick in you now fuck all that.”
That nice, big, long beautiful dick swung between his legs while he stood before her. That beast. Brittany turned around and put her ass in the air. Her panties are still pushed to the side. Her pussy lips were nice and creamy from the back. Adonis grabbed up his girthy shaft and started stroking with a twist of his wrist. His shit was concrete solid. Brittany slapped her pussy while looking back at him.
“Pussy is noisy...I hear that pretty pussy...that’s daddy’s pussy…”
“That dick is thick and huge...I could cum from looking at it.” Brittany said.
Adonis was on his knees behind her, that body he worked so hard for blessing her eyes. Brittany arched her back some more and pushed her ass against him. Using one hand, Adonis laced his fingers around her panties to keep them pulled to the side while using his other hand to push his dick past her tightness. They both sighed with pleasure. He always stuffed her. The fullness tugged on her clit and made her grip him.
“Still grip this dick with that good pussy,” Adonis moves his hips, “creamy and squeezing this dick...that’s right baby throw that ass back.”
Adonis forcefully grabs her hips to feed her some dick while his eyes watch the way he fucks her. Her cream was making a big ass mess on the sheets. She circled her hips for him and made it jiggle. He was over her even more using the strength of his hips to stroke in her pussy.
“You fuck my pussy so good,” Brittany cried out.
“That’s what you deserve...you know I gotta make this pussy feel good for my baby.”
Adonis went in deep and long, all the way, and they both moaned in unison. Adonis pumped his hips, pounding his meat into Brittany’s tight, velvety tunnel, her body surrendering to him like it always did. They were both bathed in sweat, burning with lust. Brittany looked back and watched as Adonis’ tongue ran over his bottom lip. She could see how much he was enjoying her wet pussy with his deep strokes. She was feeling every inch of him thrusting into her. All of it. Even his balls slapping her engorged clit.
“You got me cumming,” Brittany could feel herself dripping on the bed, “Damn...got my pussy leaking, daddy.”
“Every time you cum for me, I crave you some more. This shit does my body good.”
Adonis pulled back slowly and enjoyed the sounds her pussy made and how stained she had him. He was fully out now and pulsating for more. Kissing her ass, Adonis turned Brittany over on her back and flicked tongues with her before lowering his lips to suck on her titties. She arched into his mouth when he started licking each nipple.
“Put that dick back in me,” Brittany begged while bringing her legs up to rest on his shoulders.
“I gotchu baby...daddy gon’ make that pussy cum again I promise,” Adonis whispered, “All you gotta do is keep these legs open so I can dig you out...hear me?”
“Yes, baby,” Brittany pilled Adonis up for another kiss.
“And keep those pretty eyes on me…”
His hips moved like he was dancing slow motion, each time her toes would curl and her nails would drags down his back. Brittany could feel herself getting ready to cum again. She locked eyes with him, mouth falling open each time he would thrust forward hard.
“Harder,” She encourages.
Adonis picked up the pace but kept it steady, his hips snapping into hers suddenly each time before stopping. She curled up under him, pussy unable to take the pleasure. This made Adonis pull her legs to her ears. She had no where to go now. He was going to show her how much he loved being in her pussy.
“Oh, fuckkkk, you’re gonna make me cum,” he had his hands on the back of her thighs now, punishing her pussy. Brittany could only moan, no need for words when Adonis damn near took her breath away. There was no other feeling to compare this to. How could anything compare to the way her pussy wrapped around him? How it creamed all over him? She was at a loss. This is exactly what she would be receiving the entire trip.
“Fuck, Donnie, Baby, I can feel you getting thicker,” her pussy was at its widest, “baby, I’m so opened up for you...baybeee, oh gosh, bayy.”
“Good fucking pussy, all mines,” Adonis buried his face in her neck, his hips snapping into her harder. She squeezed her eyes shut, mouth hanging open for the rest of the ride.
“Beating this pussy up good.” Brittany finally found the words.
“Shit, damn...I’m about to bust...fuck...I’m cumming...Mhm...I’m cumming in this pussy deep...take this nut baby...shittttttt.”
He released in her, the tight hold pulling more cum from him. He could collapse right now. Brittany moaned out softly, as Adonis finished himself inside of her. Slipping out finally, Adonis watched her cum mixed with his drizzle onto the bed sheets. Adonis relaxed on top of her, his eyes searching hers.
“Baby that was…” He couldn’t finish his words while he stroked her sweaty face. He was still buried inside of her and it was comfortable laying beneath his solid frame. She weakly smiles up at him before pecking his lips.
“I love you...just stay inside of me like this for a bit…”
“So I can get hard and fuck you again?” Adonis smirked.
“I can go for some more dick.”
“That’s my kind of shit...always ready to take this dick.”
It didn’t take long because just staring at her had him stiff. Adonis was growing so thick in her pussy. His firm grip on yer thighs didn’t allow her to move. Her hips began to meet him in a dirty dance before he grunts and moans, dick cumming and filling you up again. Brittany grabbed his chains to bring him closer to her, her lips sucking on his while he emptied his cum where it belonged.
@tgigoldie @soufcakmistress @chefjessypooh @chaneajoyyy @pananegra @theblulife @becincere @blaqwidow91 @fish-outta-watah @eyeknowmywrites @crowngold @njadakillthiscookie @blktinkerbell @luvanxi @sheisexcellent1 @chocolatedippedinhoney @brandithecrystalgem @dababydababydababydababy @soulfulbeauty19 @btitannaaa @sunkissedebony97 @youngblackndgifted @harleycativy @rbhp @thee-germanpeach @thadelightfulone @palmstreesallday @skylahb @nizzle-mo @truglori @queenflaws @ljstraightnochaser @theegoldenchild @scrumptiouslytenaciouscrusade @nickidub718 @vikkidc @thehomierobbstark @abeautifulmindexposed @fd-writes @chasingsunlight @sickaddiktions @munteanhore @xo-goldengirl @tiava143 @33kiara@honeytoffee @asiasblackworld727 @momobaby227 @informalmelancholy @soulshinechronicles @hearteyes-for-killmonger @goddessofthundathighs @soulfxll @whazzzupmyhitta @seyven89 @lahuttor @janelledarling @shewritestheblues @fanfangal @kreolemami @thoughtsoftheantagonist @luvwitoutlimit1 @mygirlrenee @hippiesandpeacesigns @alittlejd @jaysaidhi @chaneajoyyy @walkrightuptothesun @shawnstacksss @theesotericqueen @mareethequeen @browngirldominion @ceeverse @therealmrsrhodes @sensitivelegend @teheeboo @yomiloo @msreshel @bbygirrll05 @fahi0nanart @afteracouplepuffss @shaelyn102 @yaminax-kuss-a @lackbbaby @amyhennessyhouse @thattruckinwitch @dameshaemonique @glittermakesmesmile @justgetitoverwith0 @notavintagecliche @pariahcolored @cydneyrenee4 @ajjiiaaahhhh @naeelyniecee @ambthegamer @efonteno @mikesteel20 @wisenerdcreator @draggingstxns @eevolsidog @xoxomyaah @asweet-serendipity @therealmrsmbjordan @ajspencer1892 @queengodiva619 @niqui87 @quietpoeticheart @itsjustyazz @dasia21 @woah-express @bbgiirrll @backandbetter2 @megabriahall @forbeautyandlife @queenflaws @cecereads209 @queenbetter @yomiloo @daddys-baby-girl-t @lovinthemelanin @ladymac82 @ambitionwood @t3mporaa @toniilaney @iv0rysoap @sinfully-dope @lovehatecritique @chocolategirl605 @naysianaee @nyleveeee @erlebnissebliss @melinaasap1 @woahthatshitfat @that-chick212 @scarypumkin23 @sambuckyslayallday @vikki240401 @kuaua98 @enigmadivine @gingerylimonte @counterfeit-recherche @unholyxcumbucket @xdezaraex @missgigglesmoultrie @imrootingforeveryoneblack @dashhoney25 @oversorry @abluesforlyssa @honeybeejaes @admirehermind @wassuduoo @kaykay0829 @woahitslucyylu @xsweetdellzx @amorestevens @tinystudentfirepurse @xoxomadddz @mydollasign @badgalbrix1 @suburbanblackhoe @keiosha234 @bewitchedtbaby @crestsmile83 @dollfaceddom @majesticbrownjawn @lovelymari4 @endlessmockery @meunearthed @xoxomyaah @blackpinup22 @im5ftbutmythroat66 @youthought-iwasa-nicegirl @genuinedonnie @scintal @richonne4life @alookintohersoul @19jammmy @stokeleybabymama @thenamastrae @abcdestinyyyy @whorderofthepheonix @shaekingshitup
573 notes
·
View notes
Text
Big Bang (Sort of) Editing Story [Day 66]
I started writing this fic while editing my Big Bang story, but am going to continue doing it for other things now that Kill Dear is out. I will write and publish 100 words of the story every time I finish doing whatever task I’m doing. If you’d like to block these proceedings, please feel free to block the tag proofread stories. I will reblog this post with the parts of the story I do today. Edited chapters are linked; everything else I’ve done so far is under the cut.
My Master Post Part 1 Part 2 Part 3 Part 4 Part 5 Part 6 Part 7 Part 8 Part 9 Part 10 Part 11 Part 12 Part 13 Part 14 Part 15 Part 16 Part 17 Part 18 Part 19 Part 20 Part 21 Part 22 Part 23 Part 24 Part 25 Part 26 Part 27 Part 28 Part 29
It’s editing time for me because I have not edited in way too long. I am so behind on the Study Fic and this one. Oof. Also I should do some blog organization maybe.
Chapter 30
After lunch, Patton and Logan took Virgil out to the garden to walk around. They let Virgil lead them around wherever he wanted to go in the garden. A bunch more flowers had died since the last time they’d been out here, and Patton felt sad despite having never felt very sad about that sort of thing before. But, Virgil seemed to really like the flower he’d found last time, so Patton thought he was probably sad on the boy’s behalf.
Of course, Patton thought, perking up, eventually it would be spring, and Virgil could get to not only see some flowers but all of the flowers as they grew. Patton couldn’t wait to see him amongst the garden then.
Virgil took them wandering through the orchard for a while, but most of the trees had been stripped of their fruits and the leaves were beginning to fall off some. They ended up in the vegetable garden after a bit, and Virgil finally seemed to decide on a direction instead of just ambling about.
A few seconds after Patton noticed Virgil seemingly decide on a destination, Patton noticed Mr. Deknis kneeling on the ground a few feet away. Had… had Virgil been looking for him? Patton wondered. That was adorable.
Mr. Deknis looked up as they approached and smiled at them.
“Hello, Mr. Deknis,” Patton said as they came closer.
“Hello you three,” Mr. Deknis said. “Getting into trouble?”
“No,” Virgil said, shaking his head.
Mr. Deknis gave him a flash of a smile. “I know, I’m joking,” he said. “Especially since there isn’t much left in my gardens for certain princes to destroy with experiments.”
“Oh, okay,” Virgil said. He tilted his head. “What are you doing?”
“I’m getting the last of the acorn squash out,” Mr. Deknis replied. “It’s the last crop to get finished. Good thing too, it’s supposed to start snowing soon.”
Virgil looked down curiously at the dark green squash.
“Would you like to help me pick a couple?” Mr. Deknis asked.
“Sure,” Virgil said, sounding interested. Mr. Deknis patted the ground beside him, and Virgil knelt down to watch him.
“They’re not too difficult to harvest,” he said. “You just cut the fruit off the stem. You want to leave about a hand’s width of the stem left over which will help preserve moisture. The earlier harvests I left in the field to cure in the sun for a couple weeks, but the frost’ll ruin these, so we’ll take them inside the green house and let them sit in the sun for a bit there. We also want to keep the leaves. You’ll probably be eating those for dinner tonight since they have to be cooked up within about 24 hours after they’re picked. Patton’s mom makes a good side dish with them and she’ll be making some curry tomorrow, probably. Maybe some stew if there are some left over. Put the squash in this wheelbarrow and the leaves into this pile, okay?” Virgil nodded and Mr. Deknis handed him the extra pair of gloves and shears he carried with him in case one set broke. “These might be a bit big on you, but they should work for now.”
Mr. Deknis looked up at Patton and Logan. “Would the two of you like to help?” he asked. “I can get some more equipment.”
“I can help out if you want, but you don’t need to stop and get more equipment just for me,” Patton said.
“The same for me,” Logan said.
“Well, if you’d like to help still, you can sort the leave. Give your mother a head start.”
“Sure,” Patton said. He and Logan went to do that while Mr. Deknis and Virgil worked on cutting the squashes from the vine.
“What do you do during the winter?” Virgil asked curiously. “If this is your last crop?”
“Well, at the beginning, I mostly will be working on making sure things are stored correctly along with some of the kitchen staff. There’s some drying to do and some canning. After that’s done, I’ll spend some time organizing and planning. Then, before the spring comes, I’ll start preparing seedlings in the green house.”
“Seedlings?” he asked.
“I let seeds start to grow in the greenhouse that I replant once it gets warm enough.”
“Why don’t you just plant them where they’re going?”
“I do for some,” he said, “but giving some a head start is good for them.”
Patton watched as Virgil continued to ask questions about gardening while working on harvesting the squash. Mr. Deknis continued to answer them in a calm, soft tone that Patton didn’t think he’d ever heard from the often gruff man before.
Patton wasn’t surprised when, after finishing getting most of the squash off of the vine, Mr. Deknis asked if Virgil wanted to help him with canning some pears in a couple of days. Virgil immediately looked over at Logan and Patton as though asking permission.
“Say yes if you would like to Virgil,” Logan said.
“Yes,” Virgil said as soon as he was given permission. Mr. Deknis smiled at him softly and started loading the last of the squash into the wheelbarrow. Patton offered to run the squash leaves to the kitchen while Logan and Virgil helped Mr. Deknis take the actual squash to the green house.
He dropped the leaves off to a kitchen worker since Mama was busy and headed back out to the garden. By the time he returned, Logan was already back from the green house and sitting by one of the more decorative trees near the castle.
“He’s exploring,” Logan said, nodding at a large patch of bushes.
Patton chuckled. “I see.” He sat next to Logan. Every so often he’d hear the bushes rustle, but he couldn’t tell if it was actually Virgil or an animal.
“He’s adorable,” Patton commented, keeping an ear out.
Logan hummed.
“I’m glad we kept him.”
“He isn’t a pet, Patton.”
Patton rolled his eyes. “I know, but I’m still glad. I’m glad he’s making friends with Mr. Deknis. Once he knows how to read better, we should get him a book about gardening. He seems interested.”
Logan nodded. “Having a hobby would be good for him. Clearly he has a fascination with the garden.” He nodded to the blur of dark hair that could be seen through the bushes. It seemed Virgil had stopped his exploration and was now laying down in the bushes a few feet away.
“I’m going to go see what he’s doing,” Patton said. “I’ll be right back.”
Logan nodded and Patton got to his feet. The bushes were part of a small maze that was filled with flowers during the spring and summer months but were mostly just green and brown bushes for now. Despite the fact that Patton had been able to see him only a few feet away, it took him a while to wind through the path to where he was. When he finally turned the last corner and he came into view, Patton gasped softly.
“Ghost kitty!” he said, making sure to make his voice as quiet as possible.
Despite how soft he made his voice, two pairs of eyes shot over to him. The completely black kitten was perched on Virgil’s lap like she belonged there. Ghost Kitty hissed slightly, but Virgil reached forward to pet her head gently.
“This is Ghost Kitty?” Virgil asked. “I thought you said she was hard to pet.”
“She is,” Patton said. He lowered himself onto the ground from a few feet away from them. “How did you get her to come to you?”
Virgil glanced down at the cat and shrugged, scratching one of her ears. “She just came over to me and let me pet her.”
“Wow,” Patton said softly. He looked at the cat. “Could I pet you sweetie?” he asked, holding out a hand in her direction. She hissed again.
Virgil frowned down at her. “It’s Patton,” he said as though he expected her to understand his words and the exasperation in his tone.
He pet the cat’s head to soothe her and then reached over to grab Patton’s hand. He pulled and Patton carefully leaned a bit closer until his hand was within sniffing distance. Ghost Kitty sniffed his fingers contemplatively and then bumped her head against it. He barely restrained a squeal, knowing that probably wouldn’t be taken well.
He carefully turned his hand over so he could stroke the top of her head. He gently scratched her ear, not daring to go for under her chin yet since she didn’t know him well. “Hi,” he said softly. After a moment, she started to purr softly. Virgil reached over and scratched under her chin and she purred louder. “Oh, you’re a good girl,” Patton breathed, letting a hand trail gently down her back once and then again. Patton settled himself carefully into a seating position continuing to pet her. After a few more moments of soft petting, she hesitantly stepped her front paws onto Patton’s thigh, so she was sitting in both of their laps. Patton laughed softly. “Hi sweetie.” He glanced over at Virgil who had a wide smile on his face as he pet the cat. This. This was adorable. They continued to pet the cat for a very long time.
Chapter 31
Logan waited for a while after Patton left to check on Virgil, but the two never resurfaced. It was odd, Patton would usually remember to come back and get Logan or at least tell them where they were. With a sigh, Logan climbed to his feet to go find them. It took him a while to weave his way through the maze of bushes to them especially because they were suspiciously quiet (Well, suspicious for Patton. Virgil was often unnervingly quiet when alone.) Luckily, he knew the bushes enough after all of these years not to get lost and managed to find the two after a few minutes.
“Ah,” he said, immediately identifying the reason for Patton disappearing.
“Logan!” Patton said, his voice excited, but also quieter than normal. “We found a kitty!”
“I can see that,” Logan responded, taking a step closer. The cat hissed at him in response. The hissing was so intense and wild that he’d suspect the thing was feral if it wasn’t happily on Virgil’s lap having had it’s head in Patton’s lap before Logan had approached.
“No,” Virgil told the animal as though it could understand words. “That’s Logan. Be nice.”
The cat still glared at him and swished it’s tail back and forth threateningly. Virgil pet the top of it’s head and it broke eye contact with Logan to purr.
Patton seemed delighted by the purring, reaching to stroke under the thing’s chin carefully. “We should give her a name!” Patton said.
Virgil frowned. “I thought her name was Ghost Kitty.”
“That is ‘Ghost Kitty’?” Logan asked skeptically. From what Patton had said about that cat, it was terrified of people and no one could ever get near it, even him. Now it was in Virgil’s lap?
“But that was a temporary name,” Patton said, “for before we officially met her. Now we have to give her a real name.”
“Do not give it a name,” Logan said. “You will get attached.”
“How do you name a cat?” Virgil asked.
“Do not name it,” Logan said.
“You give them names based on their personalities, how they look, or even just because it’s a cute name,” Patton explained. “Like, remember Mittens? I named her Mittens because she has white fur and black paws!”
Virgil looked at the cat. “She’s completely black,” he said.
Patton hummed. “So, we could give her a name based on that like Midnight or Shadow.”
“Those are fine,” Virgil said.
“No, no,” Patton said. “I’m just giving you examples. You get to name her yourself.”
“This is a bad idea,” Logan said.
“Just throw out some names,” Patton said. “Anything you can think of.”
“Uh,” Virgil said. “Knife.”
“…Just Knife?” Patton asked.
“Nightmare.” Virgil seemed to think about it. “No, that’s mean.”
“How about things you like?” Patton suggested.
“Alfredo?”
Oh no, Logan thought, he was worse than Patton at cat naming.
“Good start,” Patton said. “Logan, do you have any suggestions.”
“Cat,” Logan said.
“Real suggestions,” Patton scolded.
Logan sighed and thought for a moment. “Aphrodite.”
“Catphrodite!”
Logan glared at him. “Helena.”
“Helenpaw.”
“Claudia.”
“Clawdia.”
“Persephone.”
Patton smiled at him, cheerfully.
“…Damnit!”
Patton turned to Virgil again. “Like that! They don’t even have to be serious. Like, uh, you could name her Madam Fluffywuffykins the Great!”
“Do not name her that,” Logan said, scrunching up his nose.
Logan sat on the ground, the cat eyeing him, but no longer hissing. Logan gently guided them towards more sensible names despite Patton trying his hardest to drag them into stupidity.
Virgil still didn’t quite get it. He mostly tried to name it after foodstuff, and often not even appropriate foodstuff such as “Corn” and “Acorn Squash” and “Sandwich” and occasionally would drop in semi violent ones such as “Razor,” “Nightshade” and “Void.” Patton suggested names like “Fluffers,” “Bobette” and “Darling” as well as some that were puns. Logan tried to direct them towards more sensible ones like “Salem” and even went so low as to suggest the contrary “Snowball.”
It quickly seemed to become less about actually naming the cat and more of a game. Patton had taught Virgil about playing with cats and had even gotten out a ball of yarn he cared around for his crafts. Both Virgil and the cat seemed to find endless entertainment with that. Logan hoped Patton had another ball of yarn that color because, he was never going to get that ball back.
The barrage of names fizzled out into naming things around them like “Leaf” and “Bush” until they stopped suggesting names altogether. Patton and Logan sat back and watched Virgil play with the cat.
Logan watched as they stopped playing suddenly and Virgil and the cat squinted at each other. “Marisol,” Virgil said, pulling the name out of nowhere. “That’s her name.” He said it with a certainty that was surprising considering how he’d treated the naming process with confusion and caution earlier. If Logan did not know better, his tone of voice would indicate that the cat, or Marisol he guessed, had gotten bored of them coming up with stupid names and decided to tell him her actual name herself.
The cat made a sound and batted at Virgil’s face without claws to grab back his attention.
He turned back to it and bopped its face with a finger in kind. It attacked his finger, but in a clearly playful matter as it still did not extend it’s claws and its teeth did not draw blood.
“That’s a great name, Virgil,” Patton said.
“Much more pleasant than any that Patton suggested all afternoon,” Logan said. He received an elbow to the side for his quip.
“A pretty name for a pretty kitty,” Patton said, scooting over to where Virgil was sat and attempting to pet Marisol’s head. Marisol, however, was too keyed up and batted at the hand.
“I love you too!” Patton said.
Logan rolled his eyes, but he had long since resigned himself to watching the two of them play with and coo over the cat for the rest of the day.
Eventually, though, it started to get darker. Even after Logan pointed this out, it still took over an hour for them to relent and leave the bush maze to go to the door. The problem was of course, that the cat had managed to grow very attached to Virgil in the last few hours and she followed them all the way to the door with manipulatively heart breaking mews.
“You’ve got to stay out here,” Virgil said, when they got to the castle door. He pet her ear softly and she shoved her head into his hand. “I’m sorry. I don’t have anywhere to put you.” He sounded horribly sad about that fact and Logan felt himself shift uncomfortably. “I basically live in a closet and Logan doesn’t like cats in his room anyway.”
Logan immediately felt unreasonably guilty, probably more so because Logan did not think Virgil was trying to make him feel guilty. “…Bring the dammed thing inside.”
Virgil blinked up at him. “What?”
“It will get cold soon anyway,” Logan said.
He frowned at Logan from where he was crouched. “But you don’t like fur in your room…”
“I will have to find a potion that works,” he said with a sigh, “and we’ll have to say it’s mine to the guards and Father since it will be staying in my room, but it is yours in every other way. That means you are going to feed it, clean it, and clean up after it.”
Virgil nodded immediately and swooped Marisol up in his arms. The cat went without complaint. “Thank you!” he said. “I love her.”
“I know you do,” Logan said, already regretting it already. Yet, he couldn’t bring himself to even consider recanting the offer considering how happy Virgil seemed to be. They had a cat now, he guessed.
Chapter 32
“What are you doing?” Helen asked a few minutes after her son walked into the kitchen and started looking around as though he were trying to find something. It was a few hours into the afternoon, and she and a few workers were already prepping for dinner.
“Uh,” Patton said. “Have you seen Virgil?”
“No,” Helen said. “Why.”
“Er… Logan and I sorta, lost him,” Patton said. He was wringing his hands anxiously. Helen put down the knife in her hand.
“What do you mean you lost him?” she asked.
“Well, see, we were trying to teach him how to play hide and seek, um, but then we didn’t think to tell him that he eventually had to come out if we didn’t find him, and now we haven’t seen him since breakfast.”
“He didn’t know what tag is?” she asked. That was just one more thing to add to the list of why Helen worried about Virgil and where he came from. Every morsel of information she’d managed to wring from Patton despite his evasions made her lists of concerns grow larger, even little things like him not knowing about simple childhood games. Actually, thinking of concerning things having to do with Virgil. “Wait, so he hasn’t eaten lunch.”
“Um, we don’t know that,” Patton’s mouth said while his eyes said ‘no.’
“He needs to be on a consistent diet, especially when he’s still taking the malnutrition potion,” she scolded.
“I know, Mama, I know,” Patton said. “I’m trying to find him. I’d kinda hoped he’d gotten hungry and snuck down here. He probably wouldn’t want to risk being caught stealing food though.”
Helen grimaced. Yet another concerning thing.
“Wait! I have an idea, I’ll be right back.” Patton turned and ran out of the room. Helen frowned at the space he’d been and finished chopping the carrot on the cutting board in front of her. If it had been any other person in the castle missing, Helen wouldn’t have worried, but she had literally never seen Virgil without Patton and/or Logan by his side. Even when he’d gone to help Jeff can some fruit, Logan had reportedly hung around to read a book.
Considering that Logan had never exactly been clingy even with Patton, she imagined that either Virgil asked, or Logan thought he should stay with him for his comfort. So, she was surprised that he was apparently hidden away somewhere in the castle where neither of the other kids could find him.
Still thinking about this, she walked over to the entrance to the cellar below the kitchen where they stored most of the vegetables, planning to grab some more carrots. She was confused for a moment when she heard movement from deeper in the pantry. She reached over and touched the panel near the door that controlled the magic lights.
The newly illuminated figure startled as the lights came on, whipping around to stare at her with wide eyes.
“Virgil?” she asked.
“Sorry,” he said immediately, taking a step back.
“It’s fine,” she said immediately, “but what are you doing here?”
He considered her for a long moment, but apparently, she passed some sort of mental test, because he relaxed, at least as much as he’d ever relaxed in her presence. “Where are we?” he asked.
Her brow knit together. “The cellar under the kitchen,” she said, “You don’t know that?”
He shook his head.
“The only entrance is from the kitchen.” Now that she thought about it, she hadn’t seen him go through the kitchen at any point.
“No, it’s not,” Virgil said. “There’s a tunnel.”
“A-a tunnel?” she asked. Actually, taking a closer look at him, he seemed a bit grimy. He had dust all over his front and dirt on his nose. She thought he might even have a couple of cobwebs in his hair.
“Yep,” he said.
“Where’s the tunnel?” she asked.
“It’s right over here,” he said. He took a couple of steps and pointed to the ground. There was an open square hole there that clearly had been made a long time ago but which she had never noticed in all of her time working here.
“How did you find this?” she asked.
“We were playing hide and seek,” Virgil explained. “Logan said I could hide anywhere inside the castle. I hid on top of a dresser upstairs in some unused sitting room. There was a hole in the wall above it, so I climbed into it. Then, I crawled a little bit and it let out into a hidden passage in the walls. I wandered around in it until I found another hole in one of the walls. I thought it was a way out, so I squeezed into it, but it took me to a different hallway where I found an old room. There was a different hole in that room that had probably been covered by something because it was in the floor but whatever it was had rotted away. I crawled though it into a tunnel and came out here.”
She couldn’t help but laugh a bit at his explanation. “Well, it sounds like you went on an adventure,” she said, “but Patton and Logan have been trying to find you. You missed lunch.”
He tilted his head at her. “I know. I was supposed to hide.”
“Yes,” she explained, “but you are supposed to come out at some point if they can’t find you for things like food.”
“Oh,” he said.
“They probably should have explained,” she said. “For now, why don’t we get you something to eat? You must be hungry.”
Virgil frowned. “But I missed lunch.”
“You can still eat even though it’s not in normal hours,” she said. “You could even if you had made it to lunch.”
“Really?” he asked, he looked tragically confused by this offer.
“Of course, sweetie,” she said. “In fact, I insist you get something good to eat right now. How about I made you a grilled ham and cheese sandwich? Maybe some cookies too!”
Virgil titled his head. “You are Patton’s mother,” he stated.
Helen laughed softly. “He gets its all from me,” she said. “We should probably go find him and tell him you’re okay. He was worried.”
“I didn’t mean to worry him,” Virgil said with a frown.
“I know,” Helen said. “It’s okay. He’ll probably laugh when he figures out where you’ve been, and Logan will interrogate you all about the secret passageways.” He seemed happy about the prospect of seeing his friends. “Come on, let’s go upstairs for a bit,” she said.
Chapter 33
Patton’s mom had already made Virgil sit down at the small table in the corner of the kitchen and had handed him a sandwich by the time Patton barreled into the kitchen, Logan coming after him at a more sedate pace.
“Virgil!” he said, sounding surprised and relieved.
“Patton,” Patton’s mom scolded. “No cats in the kitchen.” Patton had brought Marisol in with him and had let her go as soon as he’d seen Virgil. She immediately plodded over to him and hoped onto the table to sniff at his face in greeting.
“But she’s the princess!” Patton argued.
“No,” Logan said.
“Yes, she is!” Patton said.
“The stupid cat is not a princess.”
“Don’t be mean to your little sister, Logan.”
“I regret every life decision that has led me to this point.”
While Logan and Patton were distracted squabbling and Patton’s mom was distracted watching them squabble, Virgil tore off a bit of the ham in his sandwich and offered it to Marisol. Marisol gracefully took it from his grip and ate it.
“So, this is Logan’s new cat I’ve been hearing about?” Patton’s mom asked.
“Indeed,” Logan said, his lips thinned. He and Marisol were mostly amicable when alone with just them and Virgil, but Patton had a habit of cooing over the kitten and needling Logan into being irritated.
“Mmm, yeah,” Patton’s mom said. She glanced over at Virgil right as Marisol basically slammed her face into his chin in a bid to get pets. “Your cat.” She shook her head. “But Princess Kitten or not, I do not want fur in dinner,” she said.
“Sorry,” Patton said, honestly not sounding sorry at all. Virgil was always a bit surprised when the insolent shrug garnered nothing more that a scowl that did not reach Patton’s mom’s eyes. “I thought she could help me find Virgil, but you already found him.” He turned to Virgil. “Where have you been all day?”
“Found a tunnel,” Virgil said. He had to use one hand to hold Marisol back from his sandwich as he took another bite, but then gave her a bite of cheese.
“You found what?” Logan asked.
“There’s a tunnel under the cellar,” Virgil said. “It goes to an old closed up room and also to a set of secret passageways.” It was a bit of a security risk honestly, though clearly no one had used it in years by how dirty it was. He did plan to go back into it and make sure the sprawling tunnels didn’t go to anywhere more dangerous like the royal wing.
“A closed-up room?” Logan said. He could see a bit of curiosity already building in his eyes.
“Yeah,” Virgil said. “Where the door used to be seemed like it had been bricked over.”
“Really? Can you show me.”
“Sure,” Virgil answered.
“Ah, perhaps we should be a bit more cautious about climbing through random tunnels we don’t know the stability of,” Patton’s mom said.
Logan’s frown edged on a pout.
“Talk to your father,” she said. “I’m sure he can get someone who understands these things so you can safely investigate.”
“It was safe enough for Virgil,” Logan pointed out.
“No, Logan.”
He sighed but seemed to concede. That was another strange thing about living here. By all rights Logan didn’t have to obey anyone except the king, but he often listened to those around him, not just the adults but Patton as well. It was interesting though it sometimes made the hierarchy hard to figure out. Virgil did sometimes stress out about the hypothetical situation where he got conflicting orders from two people, and he wouldn’t know which one to obey. So far it hadn’t been a problem luckily. They always seemed to work it out amongst themselves in some give and take social interaction that was a bit too complex for him to understand.
Patton walked over to where Virgil was sitting. “I’m glad your safe,” he said. “We should probably put a time limit on hide and seek in the future, so you know when to come out.”
“Did I win?” Virgil asked. He’d honestly forgotten they’d been playing a game until Patton’s mom had asked how he’d found his way into the cellar.
Patton laughed. “I’d say so, yeah,” he replied. He leaned over to kiss Virgil’s forehead, but drew back immediately with a pinched expression. “You are… very dirty,” he said, rubbing his mouth.
Virgil nodded. “Your mom made me sit on a tablecloth,” he said gesturing to the fabric she’d laid over the chair.
Patton snorted out a laugh. “We’ll get you into the bath when you’re done eating and you can tell us all about your little adventure.”
“I would also like to hear about your discoveries,” Logan said. “Though you are not allowed to sit on the bed until you do not have spider webs in your hair.”
Patton’s eyes widened and he jumped away from Virgil, startling both Virgil and Marisol. The latter hopped from the table onto Virgil’s lap. “Spiders?!”
Virgil tilted his head at him in confusion.
“He isn’t a fan of spiders,” Logan informed him, his voice amused at Patton’s reaction.
Apparently deciding that she was no longer startled, but more confused by the noises Patton had just made, Marisol jumped out of Virgil’s lap to investigate, wrapping her way around Patton’s legs. He bent down to pat her back, though he still looked a bit startled.
“Your cat, huh?” Patton’s mom asked Logan once again. Virgil studied her. She had apparently missed Logan mentioning that he allowed Virgil on the bed. Or perhaps Logan was correct in his insistence that it wasn’t actually that big of a deal here. Virgil would rather not test that assumption, however, so was glad that it had been distracted from by Patton’s outburst.
“Creepy, crawly death dealers,” Patton mumbled into Marisol’s fur, having picked her back up. Virgil made a note to not inform Patton of all of the different types of spiders he’d seen skittering around in the castle walls today. Maybe he’d talk about them with Logan once Patton left. He’d probably be interested. Virgil had seen some he’d never seen before! Logan probably could even help him figure out what their names were. “You’ll protect me, won’t you kitty?” Patton asked Marisol.
She made a little ‘burrrr’ sound in response, which Patton seemed to take a confirmation.
“Aw thank you, baby! Such a good baby.”
50234
Virgil popped the rest of the sandwich into his mouth. Patton’s mom turned away and grabbed a plate stacked with cookies. She handed it to Logan. “Take these, and please get the health hazards out of my kitchen,” she requested.
Logan took them without complaint. “Come on, Virgil,” he said. “Let’s go get you clean.”
“We’re going to need so much soap,” Patton said.
Virgil looked down at himself. “I can go outside and get most of it off if you get me a bucket of water,” he offered.
“Virgil, it’s below freezing,” Logan said as though that had a baring on what he’d just said. Logan sighed. “No. Bathtub.” Virgil shrugged. “Honestly,” Logan said. He turned with the plate of cookies in his hand, clearly expecting to be followed. “You’re not going to catch your death pouring a bucket of water over yourself in the cold when there are literally over a hundred perfectly good bathtubs in this castle. For goodness sakes.” And well, Virgil wasn’t going to complain.
Chapter 34
Patton, to be completely honest, was not all that interested in the room that Virgil had found. Beyond just the fact that it would definitely have creepy crawly death dealers in it, he really did not understand the intrigue. If it had just been him, he probably would have just let a castle worker deal with it, but it was not just him. Logan was ecstatic with the prospect of investigating a secret in the castle. People who didn’t know him well may not believe it considering he spent most of his time with his nose in a book, but he was an adventurer at heart.
Thomas had been easily swayed into finding someone to help tear down part of the wall into the secret tunnel near the room (so no one would have to crawl through the kitchen cellar like Virgil). It had taken a few days, however, and Logan was practically bouncing off the walls waiting. Virgil, despite having already seen the room before, also seemed excited, though if that was because of his own curiosity or because he was just excited that Logan seemed so exited remained to be seen.
“They are silly, aren’t they,” Patton asked Princess Marisol. He was laying on his stomach on Logan’s bed and Princess Marisol had just put her little paw on his nose.
“Yes, I agree,” he said. “Don’t they know that we’re literally going to be 2 feet away from the normal hallway?”
“It is not silly,” Logan defended himself. “Any number of things could go wrong.” He sounded far too excited about the prospect of something going terribly wrong. “The tunnels could cave in and block off the exit or there could be some unknown pathogen in the air.”
Patton did not ruin his fun by mentioning that Logan’s dad had definitely basically baby proofed the tunnels for them ahead of time. Instead, he just said, “Don’t let Virgil hear you say that sort of thing. It will just stress him out.”
“Yes, yes, of course,” he said, waving off Patton’s concerns as he mulled over two different weird green planty things (potion ingredients, Patton assumed) before setting one aside and sticking the other in his bag.
“So silly,” Patton cooed at the cat. Logan let out a huff but did not choose to say anything about it this time.
Speaking of silly, Virgil came back from Logan’s bathroom then, and Patton tried not to giggle. “Is this right?” Virgil asked, sounding and looking confused. Logan, in his overexcitement about adventure had commissioned Virgil an outfit that actually fit. Said outfit, however, very much made it look more like Virgil was going on a safari instead of a two-foot detour from the normal castle hallway.
“Almost,” Logan said, “Here, let me.” Logan started straightening everything out and flattening the collar, reminding Patton of an overbearing parent on picture day. Virgil accepted the fussing without protest. It was adorable. Well, the outfit was ridiculous, but still, adorable. “There,” Logan said. “I think we’re ready to go now.”
It was about time. Patton was sure people were already waiting for them downstairs. Patton got up and patted Princess Marisol on the head. She looked up at them with interest.
“You can stay here, sweetie,” Patton told here. She seemed to consider it and then hopped down from the bed to go rub up against Virgil.
Patton guessed she was coming. It didn’t matter too much since Logan had given her a magical collar that allowed her to open most doors in the castle and everyone knew she was the royal cat now, so if she decided she wanted to come back to the room and nap, she could. (She was very aware of the power she held.)
She pranced happily by Virgil’s side all the way down the steps to the first floor of the castle. She was such a good kitty.
Well, she did hiss angrily at everyone who came too close to them, but still, a very good kitty.
Patton did lean down and pick her up so they could actually talk to the man waiting for them at the large hole in the wall. Logan went to talk to the castle worker while Virgil half hid behind Patton. He was clearly listening very intently to the conversation however, at least more intently than Patton was. Patton was busy shaking his head fondly.
“Yes, yes, Princess,” he said to the cat. “I know we do not trust the strangers, but I promise this stranger is perfectly safe.”
“How do you know?” Virgil asked.
“His name is Chester and I’ve known him since I was 9.”
This seemed to slightly alleviate Virgil’s suspicion, but Princess Marisol still seemed antsy. Patton really needed to start slowly introducing the both of them to more people.
Logan finished talking with Chester after a few moments and it was time to climb through the hole in the wall. He wished he saw in the tunnel whatever Logan with his excited eyes and bounce to his step obviously saw. Or even that was more comfortable in the dark closed in space as Virgil obviously was. As it was, Patton’s nose scrunched up at the thought off all of the spiders that could be living everywhere in the secret tunnel, but he pushed through.
The entrance to the tunnel had been made only a little bit from the room Virgil had mentioned and Chester had led them through it after only a couple of seconds. As Patton had suspected, the room was already lit up and probably cleaned a little bit by the people who had cut into the wall, not that he was complaining.
Virgil was still clinging a bit to Patton’s shirt, though it seemed to be less out of anxiety at this point and more out of a desire to stick close. He was peering around curiously at the lit-up space. He probably hadn’t seen much of it in the dark when he’d been here before.
Yet, his curiosity was nothing compared to how excited Logan seemed to be. Now Patton may have not been interested in the room itself, but he was entertained by how interested Logan was and was happy to encourage that.
“What do you think this place is?” he asked Logan.
Logan hummed contemplatively, eyes looking around. “Well,” he said. “It’s a bedroom clearly, and old. Considering the location it is in in the castle, the size, the decorations, and it’s likely age, I’d imagine it was a bedroom of a royal family member. This used to be the royal wing three royal lines ago.”
“Bearing that in mind, there are a couple of likely possibilities for the origin of the room as well as the reason it was sealed up, but we will need to investigate more in order to come to an actual conclusion.” He had already placed the bag he’d brought on the ground and was going through it, pulling out things that Patton did not recognize. He also got a piece of paper and sat on the floor to start to sketch.
“What are you doing?” Virgil asked.
“I’m sketching the floorplan of the room,” Logan said. “I will then put a grid on it so we can investigate while being sure that we aren’t missing anything.”
Virgil seemed uninterested in this part of the adventure, instead electing to go poking around by himself. Princess Marisol squirmed out of Patton’s arms to go follow him. Patton swore that he only looked away from those two for 5 seconds, but the next thing he knew he heard metal clicking against metal.
���Oh,” Patton said, eyes wide when he saw what Virgil was fiddling with. “Honey, you probably shouldn’t touch…”
The old but fancy looking chest that had been at the end of the remains of the bed creaked open. Virgil sneezed as a cloud of dust puffed out of it. “Huh,” he said studying the contents. “There’s a skull in here.”
“Oh, I don’t like this adventure anymore,” Patton commented.
Logan was on his feet within moments. “Let me see,” he said eagerly.
“What if it’s cursed?” Patton pointed out.
“Then I’ll just break the curse,” Logan waved him off. “Oh, it’s just a horse skull,” Logan said, sounding disappointed. “And also what seemed to be potion ingredients. Though they seem very fresh considering the state of the room.”
“Maybe we should get someone else to…”
Logan already had both arms inside the chest and was pulling things out of it. “This chest must have some sort of stasis effect to it.”
He started pulling things out to look at them before setting them on the floor with no caution. “Well,” he said, “that answers the question of what this room is.”
“It does?” Patton asked.
“Ah, yes, between the horse skull and the potion ingredients, this is obviously the bedroom of Princess Marianne Elicia. She was the third child of King Simon IV and was quite the fan of horses.”
“…So she kept a horse skull in a stasis chest in her bedroom?” Patton asked.
“Of course,” Logan said. “Back when her family was in power, magic was outlawed and had quite the stigma against it, but she ended up learning magic and become quite proficient.”
“It’s debated what exactly happened when her father found out about her activities. Some sources say that she was executed silently by her father, but others say she managed to escape with the head of the stables but not before putting a curse on the country of Prijaznia. That is until she or one of her bloodline sits on the throne, every royal line will end in madness and blood by the 5th seated monarch before an heir is born.”
“Isn’t that something you should be worried about?” Virgil asked.
Logan shrugged. “It’s just a myth,” he said. “Besides I’m 6th in the line, so there really isn’t any concern.”
52142
“There are a lot of interesting things in here,” Logan said, still focused on the chest. “Not to mention the books. We’ll have to be careful with those though since they don’t appear to be in stasis.”
Logan pulled the horse skull out and set it on the floor making Patton wince.
“Marisol no!” he said as Princess Marisol immediately went to go sniff at it. He swooped her up in his arms. “How long are we staying in this creepy room?” Patton asked.
“Patton, we just got here,” Logan said.
“We just got here and already found a skull!”
“Yes! Exactly!”
Patton groaned into Princess Marisol’s fur even as she tried wiggle away to go back and investigate the skull. This was going to be a long day.
Chapter 35
Logan was surprised when he woke up alone in bed. He’d grown to anticipate waking to a smaller body unrelentingly clinging to his in the past couple of weeks. Confused he sat up and peered around his bedroom. He wouldn’t have seen Virgil with the way he melted into the darkness if it he hadn’t heard the sound of purring coming from near the window. He could just barely make out a dark blob shifting up and down at the cat kneaded at a different blob sitting mostly hidden behind the thick curtain.
“Virgil?” Logan questioned. “What are you doing?”
“It’s snowing,” was the answer.
“That is not an answer,” Logan grumbled at the ceiling. With a sigh, he pulled himself out of bed. It was a bit chilly in here, he thought. The temperature must have dipped suddenly and intensely enough that the runes keeping the castle at a warm enough temperature hadn’t caught up yet. He pulled one of the blankets off of the top of his bed to wrap around his shoulders as he approached the window. There wasn’t much light outside, the stars and moon covered by clouds, but there were some lanterns lit for the night guard who patrolled the outside. “Oh,” he said in surprise. “It’s really snowing.”
It had been colder but not quite cold enough for snow to stick the day before, so it came as a surprise when he saw snow was piling up quite high to the point where familiar paths outside his window had disappeared.
“I don’t like it,” Virgil informed him.
“Why not?” Logan asked.
“It’s cold,” Virgil answered. It was clear in his tone that in Virgil’s opinion ‘cold’ was a horrible insult to the concept of snow. Logan quirked a half smile and his attention was drawn to the fact that it was quite cold right here close to the window.
Frowning, he pulled at the blanket around his shoulder so he could wrap it and his arm around the lump that was Virgil. He brushed the boy’s hand when he did so and found it was like ice.
“You’re freezing!” Logan said. “How long have you been by the window?”
“I dunno,” he replied.
Logan was already tugging at him. “You need to get back in bed,” he said.
Virgil obeyed the pulling at his arms even as he frowned. “I’ve been colder than this before,” he said.
“That actually doesn’t make me feel better,” Logan replied dryly as he shooed him towards the bed.
He took the thicker blanket that usually stayed folded at the end of the bed and pulled it up over Virgil before climbing into bed beside him.
“There,” Logan said, rubbing Virgil’s arms through the fabric of the sweater he wore to bed. He was glad he wasn’t wearing a t-shirt at least. “The runes for heating the castle should catch up within a few hours, but until then this should do. Assuming we don’t sit by the freezing window for an undetermined amount of time.”
“I don’t like the cold,” Virgil told him.
Logan sighed. “Then why did you sit by the window?”
Virgil shrugged and ducked his head a bit. Logan reached out to grab his hands to help him warm more but was surprised when one of the hands was much warmer than the other. He found his fingers were clutching a crescent shaped stone: the protection charm they’d made. Logan knew that he kept it in his pocket most of the time, but he didn’t normally see him holding it like this. It was warm to the touch, of course, indicating the safety of the room around them.
Logan looked over his face. “Are you…” he said. “Scared of the snow?”
“I don’t like the cold,” he said once again.
“You’re scared of the winter,” Logan concluded. He looked at Virgil who was far too small for his age and seemed surprised at every casual act of kindness. It was clear that his basic needs were far from being met before he came here. Logan had to wonder what winter usually meant for him. His experiences were doubtlessly very different from Logan’s own. “That makes sense,” he acknowledged, “but you don’t need to be scared of it here. The castle is always perfectly warm and safe in the winter and Mr. Deknis and Ms. Heart work hard during the other seasons to make sure we have plenty of food. There is nothing to fear here.”
He did not seem convinced.
“You don’t even have to go outside if you don’t want to,” Logan promised. “The castle is plenty big if you’d like to stay inside all winter long. It was made for the winter even without the magic devices that keep it warm. We have fireplaces and well insulated rooms even if those that ends up failing.” Logan pulled open the hand that had the protection charm just to transfer it to his other hand to warm it. “Though, while no one would force you to go outside, the snow isn’t always bad.”
“Yes it is,” Virgil said, his voice sure.
“Not all the time,” Logan insisted. “Some people love the snow.”
“They’re stupid.”
Logan laughed. “It can be fun for a while with the right equipment if you have someplace to get warm again afterwards. Royal duties slow down during the winter and Patton tends to come up with all sorts of games for both the inside and the outside to pass the time. He’s particularly proficient at snowball fights, at least against me.”
“What’s that?” he asked.
“Play fighting,” Logan answered. “Like pillow fights, but snow.”
“I’ll stick with the pillows,” he replied.
“And then there’s a hill to sled down on the western side of the castle, and people like to build snowmen along the path.”
“What are snowmen?” Virgil asked.
They’re temporary statues made out of packed snow,” Logan explained. “Typically, they’re made of three different sized balls of snow: the largest being the base and the smallest the ‘head’ though there are some variations. After building them one typically decorates them with different articles of clothing and objects found lying around. It’s usually sticks and rocks for the face and then things like extra hats and scarfs for decoration.” He smiled softly. “When my Pa was alive, we used to steal my Dad’s crown and fanciest robes. Sometimes Pa would steal it right off of Dad’s head and we’d run away. We’d find a secluded area of the castle yards and build the biggest snowman we could as quickly as we could before we got caught. He’d usually end up letting us keep the robes, but we’d have to give the crown back since some of the metals in it would rust when wet.”
“That sounds…” Virgil’s nose twitched. “fun if you take away the touching snow part.”
Logan laughed. “It is fun,” he said. “Even with the touching snow part. Though, I admit that some of the ability for it to be entertaining does come from the fact that we could warm up afterwards with ease. You’ll enjoy Patton’s mother’s constant offering of hot chocolate during the season even if you never go outside, I’m sure.”
“Hot chocolate?” Virgil asked intrigued. His dark eyes shone brightly in the little light coming through the window. It was clear he could guess something about the drink just by the name and enjoyed the implications.
Logan smiled fondly. “It is a hot drink,” he explained. “It’s a warm drink made out of milk and chocolate. I can get you some to try in the morning.”
Virgil nodded, eyes still wide with interest.
“For now, we should sleep though,” Logan said. “Are you warm enough? I can get more blankets.”
“I’m fine,” he said.
“Good,” Logan said, reaching up and adjusting the blanket over them once more, tucking it around Virgil a little bit for good measure. “Goodnight Virgil,” he said.
“Goodnight,” he replied softly. Logan reached under the blankets to grab the hand that was still slightly chilly from the window between his own. Virgil’s eyes slipped closed after a moment as he nuzzle his face into the pillow. At some point they both drifted off to sleep.
Chapter 36
Thomas had already been well aware that winter was on the way, but he and the rest of the castle occupants had been surprised at how intensely and suddenly it had come on. Most things were ready for the winter, but not all of them had been initiated. The fireplaces that took some pressure off the castle heating runes were cleaned out and ready, but they hadn’t been started yet. The stables for different animals on the grounds had been checked over and staff assignments had been made, but most were still in far out fields. Staff that went home for the winter months had been dismissed, but there were a few stragglers that would have to be helped home before things got worse.
He’d gone out to the main stable to talk to the three workers that were the heads of different areas of animal husbandry to make sure a plan to get everything to where it needed to be soon was in place. It took a while to figure out considering that they’d expected a little more time before the first major snowfall. Thomas also asked them to make sure all of the workers’ homes were in good enough condition for the weather. Ranch hands typically had homes on castle grounds but not in the castle themselves since they needed to be close to the animals. Thomas knew at least half a dozen of those who spent most of their times out in the fields were the type to forgot to maintain their homes because they preferred camping amongst the animals in the summer months and then would be in for a bad time when snow began to fall.
There should be enough extra rooms in the castle if they needed a place to stay until repairs could be done.
Those conversations took a good couple of hours, before Thomas was satisfied. Before trudging back to the castle through the still falling snow, he made a point to stop at one specific horse stall in the main stable. The horse turned his head to see Thomas when he stopped in front of his stall and puffed out a rather disaffected snort before sticking his head over the gate so Thomas could pat his nose. “Hello, Mr. Apples,” Thomas said.
The horse seemed to conclude he’d tolerated Thomas’s petting enough and ducked his head to nudge at his torso. Thomas rolled his eyes. “Yes, yes,” he said. “I brought you an apple. Some things never change.” He reached into his pocket to grab the red apple he’d brought the white Arabian. “At least you don’t bite me anymore.” He paused, apple slice in hand and eyed the horse’s nose suspiciously. “Do not bite me,” he said even though he hadn’t felt the animal’s teeth in a decade. It would be just like Mr. Apples to wait until his guard was down.
After a bit of scrutiny, he offered an apple slice. It was snatched out of his hand and there was a loud crunch as it was bit into.
“It’s snowing out,” he told the horse. The horse seemed to roll his eyes at the statement of the obvious. “I’ll remind again that if you run out in a snowstorm, I’m not running after you, so you’d be out of luck.”
Mr. Apples snorted.
“You’re old now. You’d probably not survive long enough for people to find you. Besides, you blend in with that white fur of yours. They’d probably walk right past you a few times.”
He went back to nosing for treats as soon as he finished his first and Thomas sighed, pulling out another apple slice. “What are they not feeding you enough?” The gusto with which the horse snatched the apple slice was a very clear answer. “Well, we both know that’s not true.” Thomas fed the horse a third slice of apple when he was done with his second. “I have to get back to the castle now. Don’t be a devil horse.”
Mr. Apples threw his head a bit, splattering apple smelling foamy spittle all over Thomas’s front.
“Understood. Have a nice afternoon.”
He left Mr. Apples in his stall then, knowing he’d be well cared for no matter how ill-tempered he could be at times. He’d been a king’s horse once, after all, no matter that said king had been dead for more than a decade now.
Winters were hard.
Winters were the times when things always slowed down at the castle, where royal duties were often thin. There were a lot of memories in winter.
The trip back to the castle was not particularly long, but it was also not particularly pleasant. The snow had not been cleared away considering it was still snowing which meant his feet and legs were wet and cold by the time he made it to the nearest castle door.
He wasn’t sure if, when he entered, the castle heating runes had started to work in earnest or if he’d just been so cold that any measure of warmth was appreciated, but he was relieved to be out of the snow either way.
He decided to check up on the progress of the castle staff lighting the fireplaces. With any luck, they’d be lit already, and he could warm up even more. That in mind, he headed towards the main foyer where the largest fireplace in the castle sat to take off the chill brought in by the large front doors.
The main foyer was bustling with activity when he snuck in along the sides, giving the guards stationed around nods as he passed. The main fire in the room was burning brightly, though only one of the two smaller ones near the side exits from the room was lit. The other one was still being set up with safety mechanisms. It was good progress and assuming other areas of the castle were being set up as efficiently, he assumed they’d all be set up by nightfall.
He’d need to go check around to be sure, but for now, he walked up to the main fireplace to warm his hands.
He’d gotten into the habit when he was younger to every so often glance upwards. There had been a certain stable boy who had a propensity for climbing trees. These days, he usually found nothing when he did so, often not even consciously noticing that he’d turned his gaze momentarily skywards. Yet, today, he was startled out of his own idleness by dark brown eyes looking back at him from a small ledge in the shadows high above him.
He froze as he met the young boy’s gaze. Virgil seemed as surprised to be caught as Thomas was to have caught him.
18 notes
·
View notes
Text
27 May ✹ ♡ boyfriend!jisung ft. annoying mother!jaemin again
a part of the Quarantine Diaries!!
takes place after 2 May
Your eyes came fluttering open, the feeling of being suffocated taking up your entire body as your vision came away from a blur, and your eyes focused on the boy you fell asleep with. Or well, not really the one you had expected. The sight of the familiar frosty hair allowed you to let out a yelp, your body scooting backwards until it hit another’s chest (presumably, your boyfriend, which was correct from the sound of his groan).
Jaemin was laying on the other side of the bed, fast asleep against the pillow that was supposed to be yours. Your hand went to tapping at Jisung’s leg, hip, any part of his body to get his attention until he was whispering your name in that groggy voice of his, and his eyes were widening at the sight of his older member. “Oh my god, Y/N, is that Jaemin?”
“Yeah.”
“What is he doing here?”
“I don’t know.” The two of you paused for a moment, and you turned around slightly, letting your eyes fall on his. Jisung looked visibly tired, probably from how early it still was, but he gave a slight rub to his eyes. “What do we do?”
“Um,” he peeked over your head, “We can either push him off and he’ll fall. Or we can push him off and he’ll fall and everyone else’ll wake up. Or we can push him off and then make a run for it.” You narrowed your eyes. “Don’t look at me like that. The real question is, why is he in our room and specifically, why is he on our bed? I think the perfect solution is to push him the fuck off and see what he does about it.”
You thought back to the night before, which had ended with Jisung falling asleep comfortably with his head nuzzled in your stomach, and you assumed that you had also drifted off eventually. Though, you didn’t remember a wild Jaemin coming into the room, ever. “What if he gets hurt though? The floor is kinda, like, hard.”
“That’s the point. He kinda deserves it for trespassing into forbidden territory.” You snickered at his response, but grabbed his arm as he reached over towards the other boy. “Okay, either I’ll push him off or kick him off. Your choice.” Just as he moved his leg, you brought yours up at the same time, blocking him from getting to Jaemin. “Wow, okay, you’re being difficult.”
“Difficult?!” You gave him a smack to the arm, which was quite loud considering the circumstances of it probably being very early in the morning. “You’re trying to maim your fellow member, and I am merely protecting him!” Jisung rolled his eyes at your words, laying a hand on your waist before squeezing the area, making you tense up. “Jisung!”
“Don’t ‘Jisung’ me,” he bickered back, brushing his bangs away from his eyes as he attempted to launch again. “If you get in my way this time, I’m throwing you out the window in the morning, and that’s a valid threat. I must do this for the greater good.” He didn’t seem so tired any longer when he swung a leg over your own, no longer allowing you to stop him from his attack.
The bed basically bounced at the movement, and you grabbed at his shirt, trying to push him back down. “No! We can just wake him up and civilly tell him to get, um, off the bed. You’re gonna wake up the entire dorm if you push him off.” He gave another roll of his eyes at your words, his face coming dangerous close to yours when you took ahold of his hands again. “Jisung...”
Your words were a warning, realizing the position that he was in at that moment when he chuckled at your flustered expression, leaning to try and press a kiss to your cheek. You, however, successfully dodged it, not wanting to end up locking lips with your boyfriend when his old roommate was nearly inches away. He chased after you, though, the thought forgotten when they landed softly on your own.
“Oh god,” there was a quiet whisper from the side, making the two of you pause for a brief moment to look over at Jaemin, who was laying on his side, watching the two of you. “No, don’t mind me. Continue, just pretend I’m not here. Jisung, you gotta step up your kissing game though, it’s pretty weak.” Your jaw dropped, your face growing hot from the—intrusion, sort of. You turned to the side, avoiding his eyes.
“GET OUT!”
#quarantine diaries#tis the end#how to we feel fam?#park jisung#hhh annoying!jaemin#na jaemin#jisung fluff#nct crack#nct dream fluff#nct fluff#jaemin fluff#jaemin crack#nct dream crack#nct angst#nct dream angst#nct jisung#nct jaemin#nct jisung x reader#park jisung x reader#jisung timestamps#jaemin#nct dream jisung#nct dream jaemin#woooooooooooooooooooooooah
774 notes
·
View notes
Note
ALL FUCKIN 35 OF THEM SKLNWESDJFPXO
I SHOULDVE EXPECTED THIS FROM YOU
1. From one to five stars, how would you rate your writing? (No downplaying yourself!)
A three! I think I’m mid range cause I ain’t terrible but there is still shit I gotta improve and grow in my writing
2. Why do you write fanfiction?
to manifest what canon won’t give me and to write more! (though yes it is mainly about the smooching and the— I’ll stop there LOL)
3. What do you think makes your writing stand out from other works?
Hm! My weird research details? I’m that “fun fact, did you know...” in my fics sometimes LOL! I plan on giving a penthouse for erina in a fic and I went through penthouse listings in Japan for floor layouts and locations💀 my research gives me inspo and depth to stuff I think I lack in comparison to others sometimes.
4. Are there any writers that inspire you?
In terms of fellow fic writers, one of them I can’t name here but she’s an inspiration with her exceptional gift for prose period and her lovely skill at comedy! I want to be as funny as her when I write, I love her ironic situational humor. Other fic writers are @takoyakitenchou, @royaldragonsevgisi15 who I always love sharing ideas with and motivate me to create more! For non-fic writers it would be V.E. Schwab, Leigh Bardugo, Oda, and Horikoshi! The last two may be mangaka, however they are writers as well to create their stories! The depth these creators have given their worlds and interesting characters theyve given life to are all what I aspire to be like!
5. What’s the fic you’re most proud of?
so far uh?? hm everything I’m currently writing are wips lol!! im proud of my wip that has been nicknamed ‘soma panics’ that is a multi-chapter fic that spans like probs 20 plus chapters maybe
6. What element of writing do you find comes easily?
dialogue! it’s so much fun! and character thoughts. I’ve said to people I may be better suited for script writing
7. What element of writing do you struggle with most?
I think it’s description, of like setting and showing action. also an expansion of my vocabulary LOL
8. Which character(s) do you find easiest to write?
erina! I think it’s because canon has shown us many of her different faces and range of emotion.
9. Which character(s) do you find most difficult to write?
SOMA!! chill ass mofo whos more carefree compared to the common shonen protagonist! for other shokugeki characters I’m not sure just yet because I haven’t flexed my fingers enough for the rest of them.
10. What’s your favorite genre to write for?
I guess I should say romance cause that’s what I mostly write LOL!
11. Who or what do you find yourself writing about most?
sorina and I try to get them to smooch eventually KEK and yeah it’s..usually romantic fluff lmao
12. Tell us about a WIP you’re excited about.
HONESTLY ALL OF THEM but “soma panics” is my brain child
13. First fandom you ever wrote for?
pretty sure it’s digimon....
14. What’s your favorite fandom to write for?
currently shokugeki no soma!!!!
15. What’s the weirdest fandom you’ve ever written for?
uhhhh I guess SNS? LMAO fandoms...all have their quirks to them.
16. Any guilty pleasure trope(s)?
characters cuddling!!!! or getting the urge to smooch!!!!
17. A trope you’ll never, ever write for.
unrequited love GOOD FUCKIN BYEEEEEE
18. Wildest fic you’ve ever written?
I have plot ideas thst can be wild potentially but so far nothing fits this criteria so far that I actually have written.
19. Do you prefer canon-compliant, AUs, or something in-between?
depends on the fandom, but if written well, all of it!
20. Gen fic or shippy stuff?
shippy 100% like I said I like smoochin
21. Favorite pairing to write for? (platonic or romantic!)
romantic is...*drumroll* SORINA! platonic, soutaku and erina and alice!
22. Do you listen to anything while you write?
Sometimes! There are times songs will be on loop and times I just shuffle a playlist. and if I’m writing in random bursts it’ll be with no music but it really does depend lmao I think music is when I’m forcing myself to write?
23. Do you prefer prompts and challenges, or completely independent ideas?
completely independent ideas, I’ve realized in the past prompts shoot me in the foot often unless I luckily figure something out. but I’m often driven by my own sporadic self interest with shitty ping ponging attention
24. One-shots or multi-chaptered works?
multi-chap I guess cause I can post without being finished LOLLL but tbh can I really answer? I haven’t finished anything.....
25. Have you ever daydreamed about side adventures/spin-offs from your fic? Tell us about them!
I can’t answer this question imo because I haven’t finished a fic yet so technically stuff could all fit in the one fic?
26. Is there anything you’ve wanted to write, but you’ve been too scared to try?
MYSTERY AND CRIME! I love the genre and I have plot ideas once a blue moon but I can’t dive in because I want to make details that work and reduce plot holes where suspension of disbelief isn’t as needed. I need to study it more (I need to study all the details for any of my fics imo to be confident sometimes LOL)
27. What’s the nicest comment you’ve ever received?
I don’t think I can say one comment was the nicest because I’ve gotten comments that have given me quite the smiles to my face many times! I know this is a cop out but it’s true!
IS WHAT I WAS GONNA SAY UNTIL REINA SENT ME THE FOLLOWING ON DISCORD LIKE TWENTY MINS AGO:
and also rad. i am never this vocal about my emotions like EVER but this needs to be said your fics are obviously far from perfect, as are mine and everyone else's. but the thing about your works is that they're so well-sanded that it's impossible to find any rough edges or faults in them in terms of cohesion to a plot. your cast is never OOC and the amount of effort you devote to developing your takes on the characters as accurately as possible is unimaginably awe-inspiring.
BITCH I WANNA CRY 😭
28. How well do you handle criticism when it comes to your writing?
I’d like to believe I take it often well to try and improve because that’s always my goal. if someone is rude lol that’s not constructive snd is unhelpful. If I disagree with criticism I’ll explain why !
29. Have you ever gone outside of your comfort zone for a fic? How did it turn out?
Not yet, but I have some plot ideas I think will let me test this.
30. Tooth-rotting fluff or merciless angst?
F L U F F.
31. Do you have any OCs? Tell us about them!
elliott fuji, a japanese-american award winning photographer who is erina’s boyfriend in ‘soma panics’ which..causes soma’s panic LOL he’s 30 with slightly wavy black hair. I still haven’t pinpointed his personality just yet...he kind of humble brags for sure an artsy fucker and flirts maybe I’ll make him a lil shy though. he teaches sometimes, and becomes an adjunct photography professor in Tokyo so he can be with erina.
32. Summarize a random fic of yours in 10 words or less.
a cook is unfashionably late in realizing his feelings.
33. Is there anything you wish your audience knew about your writing or writing process?
I am a slow. so slow. motivation who is she? I also write out of order, unfortunately a bit too often.
34. Copy and paste an excerpt you’re particularly fond of.
this should be for the fic ‘soma panics’ it’s either megumi or satoshi talkin to him rn, I’m leaning towards satoshi
“You thought she would always wait for you, didn’t you Soma-kun? To always welcome you home.”
Soma drags his palms down his face and groans. He doesn’t like this at all. He doesn’t shy from confrontation but this is a whole different ballgame. Soma doesn’t play any ball.
“I guess..?” Is his reply, because he thinks he isn’t sure how to answer that.
“You guess?”
Just being questioned again is enough to crack Soma’s pathetic facade as if it was dropped chinaware and he lets out the longest sigh.
“No.”
Coming home means coming home to Nakiri Erina too.
Nakiri Erina is his forever.
this is @takoyakitenchou’s excerpt she’s most proud of that I’ve written, which is also from you guessed it, the long fic soma panics
SOMA: I am, I mean I will be, I swear I will always come home to you, not spend as much time abroad, once I’m done with work I’ll come right back. I’ll make sure to message you. Nakiri, I’m in love you with you. Maybe for a really long time. You know how I say I dedicate my food to you? My dad—my dad said that the key to become a good chef is to find someone to dedicate your cooking to. A special someone. For my dad it was my mom, you know? For me it’s...
(this is a good piece of dialogue tbh so I am also proud of this)
35. Ramble about any fic-related thing you want!
I’ve mentioned it throughout this but the WIP I’ve nicknamed ‘soma panics’ is something I’m super excited to write, but it’s going on slowly...and almost completely out of order. out of all of my writing it showed off that particular habit of mine, along with “what is this, a shoujo manga?!” though the latter is currently being written chronologically now that I’ve posted chapter one and is pretty solid in direction. it was originally supposed to be a one shot but I got impatient and wanted to post at least something for the sorina / soueri fandom.
however, because ‘soma panics’ (I won’t call it that LOL) is my baby I want to keep true to my rule of refusing to post it until I have a draft of the entire fic finished and I’m satisfied with the main points pretty much. due to my writing out of order, I’m worried I’ll change my mind about scenes or want to reflect things in earlier chapters for later ones etc etc
I joined the SnS fandom extremely late, as season five was airing. I was a fan of the manga five years ago and dropped it because I forgot to check for updates when I caught up 😔 I really want to bang out the different fics and aus for sorina that I have before the fandom fizzles out entirely but tbh I’m writing for myself, I’m manifesting what I want to see and I’ll just share it with all my friends to read if no one else will. cause I’m slow broski I dunno what writing fast even is like LMAO I do really want to write faster though, so I can contribute more and let the words free from the discord dms....
#ask meme#ask rad shit#writing#writing by rad#fanfic#reina girl u put me thru it I swear lol#thank u for sending!!#ur amazing!!!!
14 notes
·
View notes
Text
title: tally marks
pairing: yaku morisuke x fem reader
genre: general/fluff
word count: 3,200+
warnings: mentions of alcohol
a/n: happy late bday yaku! written for the HaikyuuCreations MPE August Event. prompt below:
2. International Hangover Day — August 8th is International Hangover Day, just a day after International Beer Day. The day previously was such a blast, though anyone can hardly remember it, but now your characters are suffering the consequences.
-
Time: August 7 on Friday, 20:17 PM Location: The bar, a few blocks down from the office Yaku’s Stats: Shots- 0, Beer- 0
“Just go inside, Yaku,” you plead, pushing your co-worker towards the door of the bar.
The bouncer eyes you both as you take Yaku’s wallet from his pants pocket, sliding out his ID and placing both yours and his in the palms of the man acting as a barrier between you and a few drinks and some dancing. With a nod, he hands the ID’s back, and moves a bit so that you could squeeze by, a passing “Happy birthday” coming from him. Yaku ignores it, thinking to himself that his birthday is the next day so he shouldn’t have to say thank you.
He hates his birthday. But every year since the year you met him, you’ve insisted on celebrating his birthday. And every year since the year you met him, he’s agreed (even if it was after hours of you whining that birthday’s only come once a year and you’ll only be this age once!).
But when you make your way towards the counter, and he hears you order two shots of vodka and a pineapple juice chaser for you to share, his eyes widen and he shakes his head abruptly. “Absolutely not,” he tells you, backing up slowly before bumping into a man dancing his butt off. “No shots. We have work tomorrow.”
You don’t look at him, but he sees you raise an eyebrow. “Oh? No work tomorrow?” you question, your tone dancing between curious and mock-disbelief.
His shoulder’s drop, he feels defeated. “Yes.”
You give a polite nod to the bartender and slide Yaku his shot, setting the pineapple chaser in between you two, “Tell me, Yaku, what day of the week is it today?”
The day dawns on him, and he runs his freehand down his features, “Friday.”
You give him a toothy smile, “Friday. Just this one shot, and a few beers and we can get out of here, yeah? It’s a double celebration- International Beer Day and Yaku Morisuke’s birthday!” you suggest, raising your glass to him, waiting for the clink. And when he taps his shot glass to yours, you cheer and the night finally begins.
Time: August 8 on Saturday, 11:27 AM Location: Your living room floor
Yaku jolts up from the sound of a toilet flushing, and he regrets this action immediately. He has a headache- the annoying kind. The one that he knows he will linger throughout most of the day. He has a funny feeling in his stomach- nausea. His entire body aches.
He’s thankful that the room is still dark, thankful that he decided to buy those blackout shades to keep the daylight out- wait.
He doesn’t have blackout sheets. And if his memories serve him right, he doesn’t remember getting an extra firm mattress.
“Hey, birthday boy,” you drone with a hoarse voice. He can tell that whatever he’s feeling, you’re feeling too. Your footsteps sound slow and methodical- you probably don’t have any contacts or glasses on. “Sorry my floors not too comfortable, but you wouldn’t let me take you to bed,” you say, handing him a glass of water.
He doesn’t have the energy to flush, but your words are embarrassing him. “Don’t say things like that.” He takes the water, and chugs it down immediately. And immediately, he regrets it. His stomach is telling him to drink things slower. “Thanks for letting me crash here.”
You sit on your couch and tuck your legs under you. You look down at Yaku, who has already positioned himself back comfortably on your floor. “Do you remember what happened last night?” you question him, a sly smile gracing your lips. “Or do you want me to tell you?”
Yaku makes a face, and looks up at the ceiling fan. What did he do last night? He doesn’t remember much- the last thing he really remembers is you challenging him, saying that you could match whatever he drinks.
Time: August 7 on Friday, 20:43 PM Location: The bar, a few blocks down from the office Yaku’s Stats: Shots- 1, Beers- 2
“It’s a marathon not a race, idiot,” Yaku scolds you, speech not yet slurred. But that red fanning his face is a dead giveaway that he’s about to have some fun real soon. “Besides, I’m bigger than you. I’d drink you under the table.”
You laugh and can’t help but agree with him, “I guess you’re right. But you aren’t that much bigger than me. I bet I could match you if I tried.”
The strawberry blond (in your head, you’re thinking ‘the cutest strawberry blond’) takes another swig of his beer of choice. “Don’t,” he sets his beer down. “I don’t wanna carry you out of here.”
He misses the way that your eyes travel to his beer. The smile on your face grows a bit wider, “How about we just drink like normal people do then? To you, Yaku!”
Time: August 8 on Saturday, 11:36 AM Location: Your living room floor
You push your glasses up the bridge of your nose. “You didn’t do anything embarrassing,” you admit, “but I wish you did!”
Yaku groans, and the small action is still enough to exacerbate the banging he’s feeling on his head. “So, we had a few beers- that’s it right? That doesn’t explain why I can’t remember anything.”
“I had a few beers. You had a few more than I did.” You gesture towards Yaku’s arm, and he has to bring his arm up to his face because he can’t bear to move his head right now.
“It was pretty impressive- the way you just put it all away so fast.”
Time: August 7 on Friday, 21:01 PM Location: The bar, a few blocks down from the office Yaku’s Stats: Shots- 1, Beers- 3
You watch Yaku finish his beer, chugging it down and taking his lips away with a satisfying ‘ah!’
Your eyes light up, and you take a sharpie out of your purse, “I have an idea.” Before Yaku can ask, you’re grabbing his arm and rolling up his sleeves, “Let’s see how much you can drink.” He feels the tingle of contact when you glide the sharpie on his skin, drawing four tick marks.
He’s at the stage of tipsy where he doesn’t mind that you’re in his personal bubble. “That’s a stupid idea,” he fights, but he doesn’t pull away. “You’ll forget to mark it. Probably be too busy dancing.”
“Not if you agree to dance with me,” you wink at him.
Time: August 8 on Saturday, 12:52 PM Location: Your kitchen
“Do you take your coffee with anything? Cream, sugar, or whatever?” you ask, shuffling through your pantry and fridge while the coffee brews. It probably has another minute or two before it’s ready.
The good thing is, Yaku has finally dragged himself up and to your kitchen. The brightness in your kitchen, however, is not doing him any favors. If anything, it makes the banging in his head louder, harder. He thinks that maybe sugar will make him feel sicker. “I’ll take it black.”
“Suit yourself, then.” You sneak some sugar and milk into your coffee cup before pouring the coffee in.
You settle the coffee in front of him, and he gladly takes it. The smell alone helps the drums diminuendo slightly. “That doesn’t sound bad, but I still can’t remember. Are these tally marks even accurate?”
You roll your eyes. “I may not work in the finance department, but I know how to count.”
Time: August 7 on Friday, 22:14 PM Location: The bar, a few blocks down from the office – the dance floor Yaku’s Stats: Shots- 1, Beers- 5
“Stop being so stiff!” you cackle, hunching over slightly to hold your sides. Everyone knows Yaku isn’t the best dancer, but you’ve never seen it in real time. “It looks like you’re doing the robot.”
You think he’s still okay but the droopiness of his eyelids and the slur in his speech tells you otherwise. “I don’t dance, Y/N,” he says again for what feels like the 30th time tonight.
He puts his hands on your hips in an attempt to steady you. “Let’s go sit back down, I feel goofy,” he replies into your ear. If it weren’t for the loud music and the way he breath smells like beer, you would have swoon. But your skin still feels hot under his touch. The bodies around you aren’t helping, either.
You think you want to run your hands through his hair, but instead your hands find his tie and you loosen it up for him. You hesitate for a split second before deciding to also unbutton the first button of his shirt. Your hands hover over the second button, but you push that option from your mind. He needs to relax, but you don’t think he’d be comfortable with an undone shirt.
“Just hang onto me,” you instruct next, bringing his hands slightly higher so they rest right above your hips. “And move!”
Time: August 8 on Saturday, 12:57 PM Location: Your kitchen
Of course, you leave out the part where his hands are on you. You can tell him that later, when he isn’t feeling like dying. But you make a theatrical reenactment to show his moves.
His eyes mimic saucers. “You got me to the dance floor?” He leans back on the chair, and uses one hand to cover his eyes. “Why? How?”
You shrug, hiding your coy smile behind your cup as you take another sip of coffee. “You seemed to enjoy it though.”
He’s shaking his head. “I rarely enjoy dancing.” He leans forward again, taking another gulp of coffee.
The caffeine seems to be helping, and he’s learned his lesson from the water that he shouldn’t be inhaling his drinks. It won’t do him any good. But, he feels less nauseous the more he drinks, and he’s grateful that he’s in your apartment and not in his. He knows he would have spent a little longer laying around moping.
“You really just danced,” you tap on your chin, thinking about the night and his actions, “and you were having a good time!” As an afterthought, you add, “We should’ve invited our coworkers.”
Time: August 7 on Friday, 22:30 PM Location: The bar, a few blocks down from the office – the dance floor Yaku’s Stats: Shots- 1, Beers- 5.5
Yakus’ tie is completely gone now, lost in the depths of your purse. The grip around your upper waist tightens just a bit, bringing you closer to him. You look up at him expectantly. And you think that maybe you’re too easy to read when you’ve also had a few drinks, because even inebriated Yaku can tell you’re thinking about something.
He looks around briefly, then settles his eyes on you once again. “People keep bumping into us. It’s better if we stay close,” and the Cheshire-like smile you sported when you took your first shot is now making an appearance on Yaku’s lips. “Is this okay?”
You nod dumbly, swallowing hard and clinging onto him even harder. The atmosphere takes another shift when you find yourself laughing again as he swings you both around in a clumsy stilled-tango, “Why’re you still so awkward?! Move your feet!”
He lets go of you then, then starts exaggerating his movements. “Like this?” He’s flailing his arms and flapping his feet. He whacks a guy behind him, but he’s probably as lost as Yaku and doesn’t react negatively in the slightest.
You grab his hands, holding them to his sides and dragging him away from the dance floor, “That was perfect! I have another idea now.”
He lets himself be led by you, freeing himself from your grasp to down the rest of his beer.
Time: August 8 on Saturday, 13:16 PM Location: Your kitchen
“You kinda looked like a chicken,” you point out, grabbing the empty cups and setting them in your sink, running the water to begin washing them right away. “It was cute.” Then, after a second to think about it, “It was like watching a toddler learn how to move their limbs for the first time.”
He pouts. This does nothing to help his case. Then, looks at his arm again. “So why does my arm have 8 marks?”
You rinse the dish soap off the last cup you are washing and roll your eyes in what you think is a playful manner. “Because we took one more shot. Duh.”
He raises an eyebrow, trying so hard to remember last night. “We did?”
The sound of dishes clicking together on the drying rack fill the air as you place them carefully next to each other. You grab the nearest kitchen towel to wipe down at your counter and your sink. “But just one more.”
Time: August 7 on Friday, 22:30 PM Location: The bar, a few blocks down from the office – the dance floor Yaku’s Stats: Shots- 1, Beers- 6
“Two birthday shots!” you shout out to the bartender, waving your arms to grab their attention. Yaku stands behind you, waving his arms in sync with you. His other hand somehow finds its way to your waist again, but you don’t mind. Your mind drifts to the thought of having his hand there forever, and you smile harder.
“Last one?” you ask, bringing your shot glass up to him as an offering.
“Last one,” he replies, bringing his glass up to yours before downing the shot in one go. It’s sweet, but Yaku still makes a face from the taste. “Remind me to never take that shot ever again,” he says, placing the glass on the table and leaving his hand there for support. “It’s too sweet.”
“You’re sweet,” you say as a way to insult him.
And when you’re stumbling out of the bar at 23:00 PM (too early, you think. But it’s been awhile since you’ve even been out), you have Yaku clinging to your arm as you squint your eyes to look out for your Lyft drive.
“You’re sweet, too, I guess,” he mumbles, more to the ground than to you. And it takes you a moment to realize that he was responding to your earlier comment.
The cool breeze of the night helped with the warmth you felt on your skin, but it’s all been for naught with his comment. Now, you feel the heat come back.
A quick glance at your phone shows you that your driver is 2 minutes away. This gives you enough time to position Yaku straight (or as straight as he could possibly stand). “You don’t know what you’re saying right now, Yaku,” you grin at him. He still isn’t looking at you.
“You’re very pretty. Sometimes I go to the payroll office to see you. I know you hide by the printers there,” he admits.
You bite your lip. “That’s sweet, but please don’t tell anyone where I hide.”
“And I really…” he trails off, the sentence mixing with the breeze you feel.
This piques your interest, so you turn to him. And he’s finally looking at you again. “Really…” he continues.
But your Lyft arrives.
And Yaku upchucks on the ground.
Luckily, it doesn’t get on you. And luckily it doesn’t get in the Lyft either. It’s better he lets it out now. You wouldn’t want to ask him for $300 on his birthday.
Time: August 8 on Saturday, 13:24 PM Location: Your living room couch
Of course, you leave out where he compliments you before he blows chunks. That is also something you can tell him later on. But you don’t leave off the chunks part.
He’s groaning next to you, his left knee slightly brushing your right knee as you both sit cross-legged on the couch. “I threw up? In front of you?” He looks at his arm again, “I didn’t even have that much to drink.”
“You drank it so fast- guess you were sprinting, rather than marathon-ing,” you chuckle, repositioning and bringing your knees close to your chest. “But, you got it on the ground! I think I would’ve killed you if you threw up in the Lyft.”
And you both sit in silence for a bit, basking in it. Yaku especially, since his headache is finally going away completely. Something about your apartment is helping him through this hangover. He thinks that maybe it’s because of your blinds. He really needs to get some. Maybe he’ll ask you where you got yours later.
“So, what do you wanna do for your birthday?” you ask. Somewhere in the quiet, you’ve shifted your body, resting your back on the armrest of your couch with your feet at his thigh, pushing slightly to catch his attention. “We can get some brunch? Mimosas?” you joke, lips curling upwards when Yaku makes a disgusted face.
He can’t even think of alcohol right now. He might drink too fast again. “Absolutely not. We celebrated last night, didn’t we?”
“Stay then,” you offer sheepishly, “I’ll order food and we can watch a movie.”
Time: August 7 on Friday, 22:42 PM Location: The Lyft, on your way to your apartment Yaku’s Stats: Shots- 1, Beers- 6
Yaku fights, not wanting to crash at anyone else’s place. “I wanna go home. I want my bed,” he slurs, clinging to the passenger door and clicking the window button up and down. He doesn’t know if he wants cool, fresh air or warm, car air. Maybe he should ask you to ask the driver to turn on the AC.
“You can go home tomorrow. Crash at my place,” you tell him again for the 3rd time. “I live closer anyway. You don’t want to do a sleepover with me?”
He snorts, “Are we in middle school?”
You look out your window to keep yourself from smiling to hard at him. You don’t think you’ve ever seen him this drunk; you also don’t think you’ve ever seen him drink so fast.
“It’ll be fun,” the car stops in front of your apartment building, “come on. You can take my bed.” You tug at Yaku’s arm and let him sling it over you.
“Will you be there, too?”
As appealing as that sounds, you shake your head. “I can take the couch.”
He visibly pouts, jutting his lips out to exaggerate his disappointment.
It’s a struggle to get the key into the door, but when you finally do, Yaku makes his way straight to your couch. He doesn’t land perfectly, because you see him slowly roll off to the ground. You have to stifle a laugh when he starts snoring immediately.
You stare at him a bit, deciding if you should wake him up, drag his limp body to the comfort of your bed, or just leave him there on your floor. Ultimately, it’s better to not touch someone who’s knocked out within seconds.
You open your mouth to say something, but shut it after. There’s no way he’d be able to hear you saying thank you. You’ll wait until the morning to bother him again.
-
tagging: @kingkags
#haikyuucreations#haikyuucreations 0820#yaku morisuke#yaku x reader#haikyuu!!#hq#my fic#happy bday yaku!!!
57 notes
·
View notes
Text
Alone
REQUEST: *Hi see you mentioned about story requests. I'm having a hard time since I'm currently pregnant and my partner walked out on me, so could you do one when Jungkook where I meet Jungkook and he helps me raise the baby please*
Summary: “I'm pregnant Jungkook.” the line goes dead silent “look before you say anything, no I wasn’t hiding this from you and I completely understand if you don’t want to talk to me shit I wouldn’t want to talk to me and move on to someone who is not pregnant and going to be having this type of responsibilities-” “Y/N-”
GENRE: Mild-Angst, Fluff
Member: Jungkook x Pregnant!reader
Word count: 2,132
A/N: so this is literally my first fanfic ever and i hope you guys like it. and to the person that requested this I wanted to tag you because i did post it but i didnt want to kind of call you out online especially since this was based on something you have personally happening to you, trust me pregnancy is scary let alone having to go it alone so if you need someone to talk to im here btw.. but hopefully you guys like this it was pretty good i wanna post a couple of requests a day since i banged this out as quickly as i did im taking more requests just inbox me or go to my ask let me know if you want your name attached to the request and i will send everyone that i know requested a specific story i will tag and send it to you so you know it is done but without further ado ALONE
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
“Where are you going? Do you really expect me to do this alone?” I shouted to the already abandoned house. A swell in my throat rises and I can't breathe. My body shakes as the tears take over. I fall to my knees running my hand over my stomach. “Don’t you worry baby; Daddy will be back he loves you I promise” I say to the life growing within my womb.
The warmth from the comforter consumes me as I awaken with dried tears in my eyes. My heart aches as I remember the events from the past 12 hours. The thick silence takes hold of my heart and it begins racing. My heart beat sounding as if it is being played on a speaker the size of a skyscraper. Feeling the bile rise in my throat, rushing to the bathroom, I empty out the contents of my stomach. Tears escape my eyes as I reach out to the void. I'm alone truly.
My first OBGYN appointment rolls around and my heart is in my stomach. The nurse escorts me in, slowly my feet turn into lead as I drag myself onto the cot in the room and lay back facing the monitor. Once I feel that cool gel upon my stomach, my heart settles and the most beautiful BUMP BUMP BUMP is heard throughout the room. My eyes focus on the image in front of me. “well congrats sweetie you're about 10 weeks, Due September 27. Remember no stress and make sure to take your prenatal. We’ll see you next week” My ultrasound technician announces excitedly. I smile anxious as to what I should do next.
I make my way to a small café after my appointment wanting a small tea to calm my nerves. Looking around the coffee shop I notice quite the crowd and my panic begins to set in. It feels like I can't breathe while the crowds begin to grow as the café reaches the brink of rush. More and More people pour through the door as my anxiety takes over and I feel the bile rising again, I abandon my spot in line trying to make it to the restroom before I release the contents of my stomach all over the café floor. The restroom door becomes the only thing in sight to me as I dash for it. I reach for the handle and the door opens and I slam into a hard chest and soon I am on the floor.
“HOLY CRAP!!! IM SO SORRY I WAS NOT PAYING ATTENTION” A angelic voice apologized above me. My eyes drift from the floor up to see the most amazing man I've ever seen in my life with his hand out and my voice gets caught in my throat. I stare at him for a while capturing every detail of his face and take his hand. I nod quickly and mutter a fast “Sorry” and dash around the beautiful man and lose myself behind the safety of the door. I was dreading walking back out into the craziness of the café, but excited to see if I could once again get a glimpse of the gorgeous man from before.
Soon I am back in line and order my tea, when a familiar voice sounds from next to me “You know.... you should let me pay you back for your drink you know...since I hurt you” Shocked I turn my head to see the same beautiful man from before. “Oh, please don’t worry about it I really wasn’t paying attention either it's not a big deal” I smile shyly. “Besides I'm sure you have better things to do with your time than to buy a stranger a drink” He laughs “Honestly, Beautiful, I don’t really have anything to do with my time that doesn’t involve getting to know you” Heat creeps up to my face and I lower my gaze and smile. “I don’t need you to pay me back for my tea for you to be able to get to know me, but unfortunately I gotta go” I say slowly moving past him. “At least let me get your number...please” He asked “You don’t even know my name and you want my number?” “Hey I know what I want and I feel like me knowing your name won't matter much cause I probably won't be calling you anything other than mine” I let out a small giggle “ that was super corny but since you're trying so hard give me your phone” I put my number in his phone and hand it back to him and walk toward the door “By the way my name is Y/N” as I make my exit I hear him shout back “Jungkook!”
As the weeks pass, I find myself talking more and more to Jungkook. He still hasn’t stopped flirted with me as much as he did that day in the café but we talk everyday about almost everything and I can't help but feel scared to tell him I am having a baby. What would he say? Will he not want to talk to me anymore? Would he not like me as much? A loud RING pulls me out of my thoughts as my phone lights up with Jungkook's name and photo comes up on my screen.
“Hey, what's up cutie?” He says excitedly
“Not much, just lying in bed not feeling too good today” I respond pouty
“Aw, do you need anything? Medicine? I can bring you soup it'll make you feel better I know you said you went out with your friend last night are you hungover?” The worry evident in his voice.
“Um honestly no um I can't drink so I'm definitely not hungover just different I know what it is though I'll be fine” the nervousness in my voice is evident
“what's wrong then beautiful? Is everything okay?” Oh no... not that question. He’s worried and I know he is but I don’t know what to say. I can't stop it the words just rush out of my mouth like the bile I throw up every morning
“I'm pregnant Jungkook....I'm 14 weeks pregnant” the line goes dead silent “look before you say anything, no I wasn’t hiding this from you and I completely understand if you don’t want to talk to me shit I wouldn’t want to talk to me and move on to someone who is not pregnant and going to be having this type of responsibilities-” “Y/N-” No listen Kookie cause I really like you and I didn’t mean to keep this from you I was just scared that you would hate me” “Y/N-” “I mean I know you just met me a couple weeks ago and it wouldn’t mean much for you to just walk away from this because let's be honest who wants to deal with that-” “Y/N! JUST STOP AND LISTEN PLEASE!” The words stop flowing as quickly as they began.
“Do you think id stop liking you because of the simple fact that you're pregnant, I mean yeah it does suck that you're going to have someone else's baby but I don’t care about that... WAIT! Is that why your ex left?” I stay silent
“Baby....are you there?” He asks worried.
“Baby girl???”
“Beautiful are you okay? Hello?”
I sniffle “Yeah I’m here sorry” my voice cracks at every word.
“Baby are you crying? Do you need me to get you anything?”
“No, I'm fine I promise I'm going to go to bed okay? Goodnight handsome I'll talk to you in the morning” “wait what no I'm com-” I cut him off to end the already overwhelming call. My vision blurs as the tears cascade down my face and I let out a harsh sob. I was scared for nothing or he's just too optimistic. A loud knock on the door grabs my attention.
“who is it?” fear leaking out in my tone. “Baby it's me open up” I hear Jungkook's melodic voice through the door. Quickly I swing the door open to be greeted with the man I've grown so accustomed to in the past few weeks. Taking in the sight of him my heart begins to race as the tears began to no longer form. He reaches his arms around me and pulls me against him. “Baby girl, why didn’t you tell me sooner? You really thought that would make me just leave. How could I do that when in the past few weeks, you’ve stolen my heart” He looks at me and there's a hunger in his eyes as they shift down to my lips. “aww fuck it” he exclaims as his lips capture mine. His arms wrap around my waits as my hands get lost in his soft midnight hair. After a while he pulls away and a small whimper is released from my mouth. “Do you know HOW long I've wanted to do that” he exclaims excitedly with a smile plastered across his face.
After that night Jungkook never left my side, everything I craved he got, Anytime I felt nauseous Jungkook was there. It became routine with him his calls became more frequent on days he knew I had appointments and he went to every ultrasound. His excitement for my baby was shown one day when I came home from work and my whole apartment was filled top to bottom with diapers bottles and wipes. Jungkook was still too nervous to buy much because he felt he was taking part of the experience from me and the fact that we still don’t know what the baby is yet. As the date rolls around to the appointment it's all Jungkook can talk about. He wants a girl every five seconds he reminds me it's always “Baby do you think the princess will like me? I mean I want her to know I care and that I love you” which is why he was so heartbroken when he could not make it to the gender reveal appointment because of a last-minute practice session. “Please promise to call me right after you find out okay baby?” He begs sadly before he left for the morning.
After the appointment my heart swelled with joy as I turned into my driveway to see Jungkook's car sitting there. As soon as I unlocked the door, I felt a pair of strong arms wrap around my waist and feel kisses peppered up my neck “Hey, Baby how did your appointment go? How are you feeling?” he says in-between kisses. A blush creeps up onto my face “Yeah, it went great baby is a growing good and healthy, so I have to tell you something” I state biting my bottom lip and looking toward the ground.
“Oh god what's wrong? Is our princess okay?” his use of the word our makes my heart skip a beat “OUR? And the baby is fine....” I look at him pointedly and his hand runs through his hair as his face turns beet red as he slowly stutters out “I mean....um... I'm sorry I didn’t mean to just assume that you wanted me involved but it's so hard not to be when I'm so in love with you that I don’t care if I wasn’t the one that got you pregnant that’s my baby and you’re my girl so yeah our.... so, what is you have to tell me?” I kiss him softly at his words. I beam at him “You're literally so amazing I can't believe you would even consider any of this I know it's a lot to ask for someone to be involved with someone who is pregnant and all I appreciate it baby BUT unfortunately it's not a princess we got blessed with, handsome” as I put his hand on my stomach and his face twists into confusion “what do you-WAIT! IT’S A BOY? FORREAL? IT’S A BOY?” the smile cannot be contained on his face as he comes to the realization.
"Yes, it’s a boy” I state as Jungkook lifts and twirls me around I laugh.
Jungkook happily exclaims “Oh my god, I'm gonna have a son.” Jungkook drops to his knees and places his hand on my stomach and softly speaks “Hey handsome, its daddy, no I'm not your real daddy baby but I'm going to love you and your mommy like I am. I can't imagine a world without you I can't wait to meet you”
I stand there smiling knowing.......Jungkook won’t ever leave me alone
#bts imagines#btsjungkook#jungkook angst#jungkook fluff#bts angst#bts fluff#bts request#bts x reader
145 notes
·
View notes
Text
To Be So Lonely [Draco Malfoy] 27
Rating: M Pairings: Draco Malfoy/OC Chapter warnings: Numb! Suicide Thoughts! Verbal Abuse!
CHAPTER MASTERLIST
MY MASTER-LIST
“And then? What happened?”
“Nothing,” The girl shrugged her shoulders as she sat on the floor of the greenhouse surrounded by growing vines leaning her back on a wooden table on which dozens of colorful pots which held some strange and most peculiar plants. “I told them about it.”
“My father will hear about this!” Daphne paced around the Slytherin Common Room late one night. “He’ll know what to do,” She said referring to the fact that her father was a fearsome prosecutor in the Wizarding World.
Normally Tracey would’ve made a joke of Daphne sounding like Malfoy, but it really wasn’t the time or place. The Quidditch fanatic was sitting with her head ducked in between her hands.
“Don’t. There’s no point,” Nel let out a drained and exhausted sigh. “Ellar Lestrange is practically ‘untouchable.’”
“Why is he?” Tracey suddenly snapped her nostrils flaring as she sat up erect. “Why is he so damn godly and untouchable? Just because he’s a Lestrange?” She spat out the last name with resentful bitterness.
“We have to do something,” Daphne insisted. “If not, he’s going to do the same thing- perhaps, something worse to somebody else,” she stressed the somebody and the importance of holding him accountable for his assault.
Despite Daphne’s insistence and Tracey’s frustration Nel remained silent. She had her knuckles pressed to her lips and she seemed lost in thought, head pessimistically shaking slightly from side to side.
“What can we do?” She gave them both a defeated look. She really had turned ever nut in bolt in her head endlessly trying to think of a way to even things out – even a way to hurt Ellar Lestrange.
“Please,” Tracey scoffed, dark eyes rolling. “Everybody has a weakness. We just have to find out what his is!” She said determined, her expression mimicking her friend who was sitting next to her in the black leather sofa.
“Yes,” Daphne began murmuring. “Yes, yes, yes…” She anxiously paced over, and over which made Elowen dizzy. It seemed like the lightbulb went off when she finally stopped and clapped her hands together. “I’ll write to my cousin in France. Perhaps she knows a thing or two.”
“I’ve also written to Professor Lupin. Maybe he knows a thing or two as well.”
“Lupin?” Daphne wrinkled her nose in distaste at the werewolf. Why? Her knitted brow said. Nel ignored it.
“A werewolf? Teaching?” Nathair interrupted. “Filthy,” He hissed. “I’ve seen them, lost packs hunting together in the Forbidden Forest. Formidable creatures.”
Irritated Nel lightly flicked the tip of the snake’s snout. The adder hissed at her in response flashing its large fangs. She seemed unfazed by this gesture. “Most creatures seem to agree with me.” It spoke to her as it coiled around her neck seeking the warmth of her human body.
“Professor Lupin is a good person. He could be a vampire for all I care.”
“Walking leeches,” The adder added to the bloodsucking creatures.
“What if I was a werewolf?” She mused more to herself with her arms crossed and resting on her knees. “Maybe then I’d have a pack to run around with,” her voice dulled into a pessimistic feeling as the waves of loneliness and missing a family that there never was came. “I also am already formidable.”
“Oh, I know what are,” The serpent whispered in her ear.
Upset, lost in thought Nel dusted the dirt of her clothes and left the greenhouse with the snake snuggly coiled around her neck. Her shoulders were pessimistically slung. She rounded behind the greenhouses and sat behind them on a small grassy hill that overlooked the Whomping Willow and Hagrid’s Hut and pumpkin patch. The Forbidden Forrest bordered in the distance. “What do you think I am?” She asked solemnly fisting some grass in her hand and ripping it up from the ground. She met the adder’s beady red eyes with a profound sadness. It seemed like the more she dug into her past, the more she questioned and wished to know who her family had been or if she still had one the worse things got and the uglier her past appeared to be. Perhaps… it was best this way. Perhaps there had been a reason for her abandonment at Wool’s Orphanage all of those years ago.
“You’re just a silly little girl who’s afraid of water with too much time to spare. Shouldn’t you be reading? Or doing somebody else’s schoolwork?”
“I hate reading,” She huffed humorously. Maybe Nathair was right, maybe she should use her time wisely and continue working on other’s assignments. After all the more financial cushion she had the better for the future. Inhaling a deep breath, she held it for a moment before ripping a strand of weeds rather aggressively and releasing the blades of grass for the wind to carry. “Maybe you’re right. You’re a snake and have always been a snake and I’m just a stupid girl and I’ll always be a stupid girl.” Nathair’s loud hiss made her head rapidly tilt to the side.
“Self-depreciation does not suit you,” it advised.
Rising to her feet again Nel rose and brushed the few strands of greenery in her hands.
“Terribly hiding spot if you ask me,” A familiar voice broke the momentary peace. The snake hissed slightly at it and hid its head and tail inside the student’s sweater and underneath her coat. “It’s that boy that looks like there’s something stuck up his-,” the snake whispered into her ear. She ignored it. “Maybe it’s all that cologne he wears. I can smell him from a mile away.”She ignored Nathair’s comment, no matter how humorous she found it.
“If I was hiding you wouldn’t find me,” She shot back at Draco without missing a beat.
He stood a couple of feet away with his hands sank into the pockets of his dark coat. Hair parted on the side, bangs falling across his forehead. “You’ve been avoiding me,” he said his lips twisting into a frown.
Not a lie.
Her frown turned into a scowl as she marched past him. Or at least attempted to.
“I don’t understand why you’re so damn upset,” He followed his temper quickly flaring in frustration.
Not wanting to engage she walked away from him. After being on the verge on an ongoing identity crisis that seemed to be reoccurring every couple of months, she really wasn’t in the mood to argue.
“Nel, come on,” He implored. He stopped following when he realized she wasn’t going to stop in her step. “You’re not a mudblood.”
Halting she turned and zeroed in on him with a deathly glare.
“I’m going to bite him.”
“Would it matter?” She snapped furiously at his filthy comment. “What?” He looked startled at her sudden rage. “Would it matter if I was?” She marched up to him. “Would it make any difference to you if I was a muggle or mudblood or whatever disgusting and prejudiced, racist, narrow-minded spat of a word you use to call these people?”
He looked startled at her question. “Of course, it would,” He admitted with narrowed eyes looking at her as if she had just grown a second head. She was questioning an ideology that was deeply rooted inside of him. The Malfoy family, like many others privileged wizard families, had reaped and sowed from with their elitism in the Wizarding World. It was a dangerous ideology that had been planted in his young brain and nurtured to grow into a toxic vine that seemed to both wrap and stretch to ensnare every aspect of his life.
She pursed her lips and slowly nodded her head understanding, “Right.”
“But you’re not,” He insisted arching his eyebrows. “You’re a Parselmouth, you’ve clearly got some wizarding blood in you.”
She opened her mouth ready to protest that the status of her genealogy was absolutely nonexistent.
“I don’t understand why you’re so angry.” He was sincerely flabbergasted.
“I don’t understand why you hate them so much,” She shook her head just as perplexed. “What did they ever do to you?”
She stepped closer still looking at him in disbelief waiting for a logical reasoning to his rooted prejudice.
“Well, the other sort,” He scratched the edge of his nose before running a hand through his bangs as he fidgeted uneasily. “They’re just not the same, are they? They haven’t been brought up our ways.” He reasoned with ease.
“Just like you don’t know theirs,” She retorted sharply. “Draco, I was brought up with muggles. Wizards and muggles are more alike than you think.”
His eyes widened and eyebrows arched at what he took as a serious offense. “Nel, we’re biologically superior to them. You can’t argue with that.”
Okay, true. A muggle really was no watch for a wizard. The average wizard’s lifespan extended to more than 200 years while muggles only lived a fraction of those years. Her silence was her answer.
“Don’t be a traitor to our blood,” he spewed words hailed by pure blood supremacists.
“Please?” He added, his eyebrows knotting in the center of his forehead after hearing her silent response.
“Being with them, muggles,” He spat the word out with disgust. “It shows weakness in one’s character. They’re filthy. Brutal, uneducated in our ways- they use their hands,” He raised his pale hands in front of his chest and lightly waved his fingers “To do things. Like muggle-brawling. It’s barbaric,” He scoffed in disgust.
“Those aren’t your words,” She glared at him. He was sounding more and more like Lucius Malfoy by the minute. He stood in silence looking at her with pleading eyes. As he asked her to agree with the ways he was so sure of.
“I am my father’s son,” was all he said.
The two shared a silence. It wasn’t awkward. It wasn’t uncomfortable. It wasn’t pleasant. It was heavy and lingering and allowed the other to know where they stood in this argument. “I see we’re not going to reach an agreement,” she said quietly now averting her gaze from his. The scaly texture of the snake hidden underneath her clothes a reminder her she had places to be. Sensing she was about to walk away Draco summoned every ounce of strength that he had, and once again spoke.
“Nel,” He attempted to catch her eyes with his. “There’s something I have to say to you.” One of his hands which had been nervously twirling the emerald ring his mother had given him was now pulling at one of the velvet black buttons of his coat. He tried his best not to fidget as he remembered the conversation, he had had with Theodore Nott what now seemed to be ages ago. He had insisted that he tell her whatever it was that had been keeping him up at night and always had him starring at her lost in thought in Transfigurations class. He tried to ignore his pounding heart. He had a feeling she wasn’t going to take whatever it was he was about to say well.
“Whatever it is- I don’t want to hear it Malfoy!” She barked eyeing him from head to toe as if he was covered in filth. His vulnerable body language completely going a miss to her.
“Give me a moment,” He demanded entitled reaching for her shoulder boldly stopping her from taking a harsh turn when it happened.
Draco let out a small yell and immediately flinched bringing his hand back to his lip biting down on the fresh venemous bite.
Nathair revealed himself from the inside of Elowen’s clothes and crept out resting like a diamond patterned scarf. The adder’s snout was open in a dangerous snarl as it bore it large fangs in a threatening snarl. Its body was still as it coiled aggressively sensing its master had been threatened.
“Your snake! It bit me!” Draco cried out. Eyes wide at the stinging realization.
‘Disgusting!’ Nathair spat out in a pronounced hiss. ‘And I won’t hesitate to do it again pretty boy!’ Nel looked at the snake in astonishment, sure she was upset but she wasn’t expecting her pet to attack!
“It bit me!” Draco cried out exaggeratedly. “I’m going to die!” He shouted dramatically holding his hand which was beginning to turn pink and swell from the venom of the adder.
Oh boy, this is the same person that had been kicked by a Hippogriff and had the ‘bloody chicken’ almost beheaded.
“Draco,” Nel began slowly and carefully inching closer towards him. “Get that damn thing away from me!” He looked at the snake with fear. The girl paused and picked up the snake from her neck before putting it down near the front of the green house. ‘Never put your fangs in the hands of the ungrateful,’ The snake sneered in disappointment at what it perceived to be a lack of thankfulness. Its master gave it a warning look that could be interpreted as an ‘We’ll talk later.’ The snake slithered away complaining about how disgusting human flesh tasted even tossed a ‘Swine’ somewhere in its rant.
“Okay- you need to calm down,” She approached him with a wary look hands stretched out hoping he would become more appeased.
“Are adders venomous?” He asked with a panicked expression. All the blood seemed to have drained from his face. For a second she pondered if she should lie or not. “Yes,” Nel responded carefully hoping not to elicit an explosive reaction from him.
“I’m definitely going to die!” He wailed in desperation. She instantly regretted telling him the truth. Merlin, he was acting like a child. It was only a snake bite. Didn’t he worship serpents? His whole family being in a House with one in its crest, even wearing one engraved on one of his rings? “Adders are venomous, but their bite is rarely fatal. If anything, it’ll just swell up for a couple of weeks. The venom might cause some damage and discomfort, but certainly nothing fatal,” She explained calmly. Or at least she wished she could’ve completed that short explanation. Instead, halfway through Draco’s eyes seemed to go blank before his body tilted forward as he collapsed, his body going limp.
xxx
Madame Pomfrey walked across the Hospital Room with ease as she retrieved something from her cabinet of special potions and ointments.
Nel sat on a chair with her arms crossed a bored and unconcerned look on her features as she looked down at the pale boy in the hospital bed.
Hearing the sound of chattering enter the Hospital Room, Nel looked up and waved at her two friends that entered the room and immediately rushed towards the bed standing across from their sitting friend.
“What did you do to him?” Daphne asked her eyes wide in awe as she looked at the unconscious Slytherin in the bed.
“I love that you assume this was my doing,” Nel sniggered proud at the formidable reputation she had built for herself in her past 4 years at Hogwarts.
“A snake bit him,” She explained in brevity.
“Is he-?” Tracey asked as she looked down at her school mate with a concerned look. “Not that I’m concerned or anything, but- this means there’s a slot in the Slytherin Quidditch team!” She finished her sentence in an eager and upbeat tone.
“We thought something happened to you!” Daphne whipped up a note that had been sent by owl that in six words read: Come to the Hospital Room. – Nel. “Be more detailed next time, Stars,” Daphne shook her head irritated from the panic attack she had suffered from rushing to the Hospital Room. Nel apologized for the worry she must’ve caused the two.
It was then that Madame Pomfrey shooed the two Slytherins from the side as she walked behind them and poured what looked like pumpkin juice and placed a bar of fudge on the stand next to Malfoy’s bed. His hand had already been lathered with ointment and bandaged.
“Mr. Malfoy will be just fine; he can leave as soon as he wakes up. Nasty little shock is all,” Pomfrey explained before once again retreating.
Both Tracey and Daphne looked at the back of the Healer as she retreated and back to their friend.
“He fainted?” Tracey failed to hide her laughter. “He actually fainted?” She held her stomach as if it was the funniest thing she had ever heard. Even Daphne couldn’t stop her giggling. “Not before throwing a fantastic tantrum,” Nel added joining them in their laugh.
“How did that even happen?” Daphne asked.
Nel shrugged. “Accidents happen in the greenhouse all the time,” she said dismissively really not wanting to explain she had been venting to a snake.
“And you two were there – together?” Daphne’s eyebrows arched so high up they almost vanished into her hair line. Eyes wide. Tracey who looked like she hadn’t been thinking about the scenario now looked intrigued by the blonde’s question.
Nel felt like she was on the hot seat in the middle of an interrogation she really didn’t feel like answering.
“Malfoy,” She derided with an exaggerated overemphasis. “You know how he is,” She let out an irritated sigh. “Just wanted to torture me.”
“What was he doing in the greenhouse?” Daphne pressed heavily sensing there was a missing piece to this story.
“Looking for me,” Nel retorted sharply and much more rapidly than she intended. She bit her tongue rapidly switching topics before she could ask any more questions. “Anyway- I wanted to read to you two the letter I got from Professor Lupin.” She said digging a hand into her coat’s pockets and whipping up a wrinkled and crumbled letter.
“Right here?” Tracey asked wondering why she would read the letter to the two of them in the middle of the Hospital Room. Her dark eyes looked down at the sleeping boy.
“He’s passed out.”
“You know, you don’t have to wait for him to wake up, right?” Daphne asked her eyes squinting as the edges with heavy suspicion. She was observing her friend closely waiting for her skin to flush or for her to stumble on her words and reveal a glimpse of sincere emotion.
“I feel obligated,” Nel responded cooly leaning back on her chair with her arms crossed. She pretended the hot flash that she felt behind her neck wasn’t really there.
“Sure,” Daphne responded with a satisfied smirk. Her suspicions had been right all along. Theodore had also slipped to her about a little talk he had had with Draco only a few weeks ago. Tracey appeared to be clueless to all this.
“Anyhow-“ Saintday cleared her throat and she brought the parchment paper Lupin had written to her eye level. She skimmed over most and simply read over the relevant parts of it.
‘Ellar Lestrange comes from an ancient wizarding family of pureblood fanatics. Many practice the Dark Arts and have been known to be vocal and the most loyal supporters of You-Know-Who. His father Rabastan has been in Azkaban for the violent torturing of two Aurors. His mother Cloelia, I believe it is rumored feigned being a victim of domestic abuse as a way of being coaxed into following You-Know-Who.’
Nothing they didn’t already know.
“Is that true?” Tracey asked sounding concerned. “If she lied that’s really messed up!” Daphne said in awe. “We should always believe victims but this-“ She hesitated to finish her sentence and instead decided to remain silent.
Nel thought about all of the mental and physical abuse she had endured when living under Cloelia’s roof. She liked to think that a victim would never do something so monstrous to another person, much less a child. However, maybe she was more than familiar with torture methods having picked them up from her husband. Still, with the Lestrange’s one never knew.
“Honestly, I wouldn’t put it past him,” Nel responded in a dull tone, her expression pained as she continued to read. The possibility of Cloelia being a victim of a life of domestic abuse no matter how far-fetched was possible. “Like I said- they were known to be some of You-Know-Who’s most loyal followers. I can’t help but get an ill feeling when I think about the strange reason, they must’ve had to adopt you. I wish I-“ Nel stammered and soon lost her voice.
Again, nothing they didn’t already know.
Tracey and Daphne asked her to continue. When she didn’t and they noticed her glassy eyes, they became concerned. She kept the next part to herself.
‘I wish I could do more for you Nel. I would be proud to be your guardian, but due to my condition I’m afraid it is not safe and would make the adoption process impossible in the eyes of any court.’
“Sorry,” The girl mumbled weakly as she wiped the inside of her eye with her thumb fighting back the tears that had threatened to spill.
The thought of having an adequate guardian. Somebody as kind as Professor Lupin. Someone that didn’t scream, yell, lock you in a room, or hurt you – It seemed like such a far away ideal. A dream the girl had long accepted would never become a reality.
“I would advise you to do everything in your power not to return to them this holiday.”
She lowered the parchment down to her lap and sucked the inside of her lip in deep in thought. The majority of information was useless. If anything, it only confirmed what the three already knew, that the Lestranges were in fact very dangerous people.
“So, what are you going to do then?” Tracey asked. “You could come home with me for the holiday if you’d like,” She offered kindly willing to provide a sanctuary to her best friend. Nel’s face lit up. That would be ideal! The two would have the best time going to Quidditch matches and staying up late talking about the best and worst flavor of Bertie Bott’s Every Flavour Jellybean or watch Muggle films
“Really?” She answered loudly grinning broadly.
“Wait-“ Daphne interrupted the moment the two were sharing. She also didn’t offer her home. Knowing full well what would happen to her and her guest if she even dared bring home somebody whose surname wasn’t listed in the Sacred Twenty-Eight. “That doesn’t tell us anything about Ellar. Nothing we didn’t already know,” She said returning to the focus of the conversation.
“I heard back from my cousin in France,” she began. “She used a very colorful language to describe Ellar. Said he’s a – what was the word she used? ‘Manipulative snake,’ that he can be downright foul. Apparently, he event went a far as assaulting a muggle-born witch that worked in the same Department. It got so bad she eventually quit.”
“Like- sexual harassment?” Tracey squinted.
“Does it make a difference?” Daphne arched an eyebrow. “Not that my cousin ever did anything to stop it-“ She admitted regretfully. “But this is exactly what I am trying to say!” Daphne slapped her hand on her thigh as she continued to speak her tone becoming louder and more passionate. “You’re clearly not the first girl he’s done something like this to – and you’re obviously not the last. Who knows how many more survivors there are-“ Greengrass didn’t realize the shift in emotion in her friend’s whose face twisted into a confused expression? “Survivors?” She coughed with disdain. “-If he did this to you, and to this girl, he’s going to do it to someone else!” She finished with a concerned look. “We have to do something about this.”
“What do you recon we do?”
“I also heard back from my father,” She began to explain. “He said this is very serious. However, he says conviction cases for these types of crimes are very low. The success rate of a conviction in England is 5.7%.”
“5.7?!” Tracey’s mouth went a little slack.
“And that’s coming from an even smaller percentage of victims who actually speak up.” Again, Nel lightly flinched at the word ‘victims’ it wasn’t something she would ever wear as a label. If anything, it was something she saw as a branding to her identity. She wouldn’t allow Ellar, Wool or whoever to have that type of power in her life. Daphne took in a deep breath before continuing. “He also said it’s going to be even harder to prosecute considering we have no physical evidence including your memories which most Wizarding courts consider to be unreliable, and even if we did - The Lestranges have too much power in the judicial system.”
“Bunch of crooks,” Tracey shook her head disappointed biting down on her thumb as she appeared to be deep in thought.
“You have to do something about this Nel,” Daphne insisted. Her friend looked at her with a pure look of negation. “As much as we hate him, you have to tell the Headmaster.” She looked between the two girls. “Tell Dumbledore?” Eyes were wide in disbelief at what the Slytherin had just suggested.
“I can already tell you what would happen if Dumbledore knew,” Tracey leaned back on her chair. “Absolutely nothing,” She said pessimistically. “We’re Slytherin. He hates us.”
Daphne’s shoulder’s slumped in defeat.
Going to Dumbledore had also been Nel’s first instinct. Something Snape had strongly advised against. His reasons unknown as the old bat kept his agenda so cleverly hidden. Regardless, there had to be a valid reason. Either Snape knew no good would come from it or he was protecting Ellar Lestrange. There was no in between and Elowen wanted to find out which it was. “Trace is right,” Nel admitted sadly. “He was already expelled from Hogwarts once. What are they going to do him? Expel him from Beauxbatons?” It was a hard pill to swallow but people like Ellar Lestrange – privileged entitled, monsters – more than often got away with only a slap on the wrist.
“The least he can do is protect you,” Daphne continued pressing.
“I’m not telling Dumbledore. Why are you being so pushy?” Nel scowled bothered on how much her friend had been insisting she tell the truth to Dumbledore. Daphne looked greatly frustrated. “This is such bullshit!” The Parselmouth angrily kicked the hospital bed making the boy in it let out a deep brown and the sudden disturbance. She seemed to ignore this.
“You need to do it Nel,” Daphne again insisted, this time her tone stern. “You’re a victim.”
“I am not a victim,” The other snarled in denial. “I refuse to allow this, or any other sad incident define my life!” The girl said terribly upset speaking through gritted teeth. “Do you know what would happen if I told on every single person that’s ever-“ She brought herself to a halt before emotionally shutting down. Both Daphne and Tracey saw the distant look in her dark eyes. “This is my battle to fight.”
“We’re here to help you. You don’t have to do it alone,” Tracey said gently. The tension increasingly growing between the two parties. “Alone. This is my battle to fight alone,” She corrected defensively isolating and building high emotional walls around herself. Her head hurting and suddenly feeling hot as an incoming migraine began to set in.
Tracey looked wounded. Daphne’s nostrils were flaring. “I can see we’re not going to agree,” She retorted flatly.
“I guess not,” was the other’s answer, her tone made it seem as if her mind was many miles away in some distant faraway place.
Daphne stood up and angrily walked away without looking back. Tracey called after her. Her eyes darting between her blonde and brunette friend. With one last woeful look towards her friend, with a tucked tail she followed after the blonde.
Sitting alone in the Hospital Room the orphan pinched the bridge of her nose in great frustration and lowered her body to bury her head on her knees. If only life were as easy as Daphne made it seem. If she told on Ellar odds were, he would only receive a slap on the hand and he and his terrible mother would come after her with a blind wrath. It wasn’t a risk she was willing to take. She was betting this was what Snape was afraid would happen.
She fought back the tears that were threatening to spill and sucked in an exhausting breath as she tried to think of nothing.
“You can’t tell Dumbledore,” A throaty voice interrupted. She didn’t move an inch but heard Draco’s sheets moving as his body shifted positions. “It’ll only make things worse. My father always says he was the worst thing that ever happened to this place.”
She could hear him drinking the juice that Madame Pomfrey had left out for him.
“You heard everything?” She asked meekly.
“You wanted me to. If not, you would’ve left,” He rationalized.
“Touché,” She said sitting up using both of her hands to comb all of her hair and bangs away from her swollen face. Not wanting to think about Ellar, the drowning or her awful fight with her friends she looked at him with a lopsided grin and instead decided to bully him. “Is it true you fainted? Like- actually fainted?” She joked mocking him just like he had done to Harry the year before.
However, he didn’t laugh.
“You sent your pet after me,” He ignored her jab and downed the rest of his juice.
“If I wanted to hurt you, I would’ve done it myself,” She answered her voice returning to an unfriendly tone.
“Right,” He agreed. Afterall, she wasn’t the type to shy about this kind of thing. Considering he wasn’t freaking out about the snake bite Nel assumed he had also overheard everything that Madame Pomfrey had said about his condition and the status of his health.
“That git,” The words rolled out of his lips in a dangerously angry voice. She looked at him confused and noticed how his hands were tightly clenched into balling fists. “I’ll make him pay. I promise.”
She knew that if Draco was anything he was determined. She had no question he meant what he had just said. Yet she couldn’t help but be confused by his words.
“You don’t have to do that,” She squinted perplexed. “Not for me. I can take care of myself,” She said lowering her head, her voice dropping to a whisper as her hair once again came down hiding her emotion. After all this was her own fight, one she wanted to win or lose alone. She sat with her head lowered and her shoulders tensed when she felt a soft hand gently press against her forehead. Keeping her gaze lowered, she allowed him to push her brown hair out of her face and comb it over her forehead.
He let out a small chuckle. Nel wasn’t sure whether it was at the strange expression she must’ve been wearing or at the thought of whatever evil plan he was crafting to hurt Ellar. “I’ll enjoy this,” He said maliciously.
Something about the way he said it embarrassingly made her heart skip a beat. Draco was now sitting up still wearing his weekend clothing. He had brought his uninjured hand to his chin and was twirling one of his rings with fascination as he looked deep in thought. The slightest of growing smirks on his face as he concocted the fatal details of his vengeful plan.
“Wait-“ She paused snapping out of his charming behavior. “Let me get this straight. You can do this for me- but you can’t learn to accept muggles as your equal?”
“Muggles are dangerous,” he began to explain lowering his hand and relaxing in his bed. Hadn’t he just said wizards were superior? “I’m not contradicting myself. What I mean to say is- haven’t you paid attention in History of Magic?”
Obviously not. Merlin’s beard it was the most awful class in all of Hogwarts with Binns mindlessly lecturing which seemed to go on for hours and hours. “Muggles used to persecute our kind, burn us at the stake, drown and torture us.” Nel visibly recoiled at the mentioning of the word drowning. “They singlehandedly almost destroyed our kind and forced our world into hiding. It shouldn’t be like that.”
She pondered on his words for a moment. “You have a point,” She finally agreed with him. “But I know muggles. They are more scared of us than us then we are of them. They fear what they can’t understand. I don’t blame them for-“ “For what? For massacring hundreds of our kind!” She wasn’t expecting him to raise his voice.
“How many of them have we killed?” She shot back just as loudly. “Hundreds? Thousands? How many did You-Know-Who kill? Or your father?” She spat coldly.
Ouch.
He grew silent at the mentioning of his father’s illicit activities as a Death Eater. His icy eyes were hard when he looked at her. For once Malfoy didn’t have a snarky comeback or any colorful words to throw at her.
“Don’t. Bring my father into this,” He sneered out in drawled out sentences.
“He’s cruel and vile and I will be bringing him into this as long as he continues to poison your mind. Go out there into the real world and once you’ve seen what it’s like I’ll let you make up your mind about it. Because you know what-“ She hadn’t meant for it to happen but her eyes began to water, her voice cracked at the emotional exhaustion of the day something he had not been anticipating happening. “As of right now,” She broke, trying her best to hold it in together, to not allow the stinging tears from spilling. “I have met many, many more cruel wizards in this side of the world than in the other and that’s from someone that was raised by Cordelia Wool,” She let out a doleful weak laugh.
“Who’s Cordelia Wool?” Malfoy asked after a moment as he racked his brain for any instance in which she might’ve mentioned it. He remembered her saying Wool’s more than once. Maybe this is what she meant.
One hot tear followed by another which meant it was time to go into hiding being the recluse she was. “Forget it,” She said rising from her chair wiping her tears and walking away without bidding him goodbye or good riddance.
Draco tossed his head back and looked at the ceiling feeling a great frustration. Why was it that something always come in between them and royally fucked things up? Perhaps it was better to leave things the way they were, spare her the pain as Theodore had once suggested. However, looking up she was horrified to see Professor McGonagall standing in the entrance of the Hospital Room. The look in her eyes severe, lips drawn into a thin line. It could only mean one thing.
Fuck.
“Ms. Saintday, the Headmaster has requested to see you.”
Xxx
Dumbledore’s office was warm and welcoming like it always was. McGonagall escorted Elowen into the office keeping a close mistrustful eye on the student.
Walking in she crossed paths with Daphne Greengrass whose gaze was hard and did not meet her friend’s as she brushed past her on the way out.
Fucking Daphne.
Nel felt the pits of her stomach bubbling with rage. Looking at her. Tracey following behind with an apologetic look and then back to Professor Snape and Professor Dumbledore who gravely stood before a fireplace both wearing solemn expressions on their faces. It was obvious Daphne had croaked.
Elowen was livid. How dare she. This was her story to tell, NOT HERS. Nel was the affected one, NOT golden haired, precious, privileged, beautiful, Daphne Greengrass. A deep scowl formed in her features as she shot a chilling glare to the girl’s retreating back.
“Ms. Saintday,” The Headmaster acknowledged her momentarily seizing her attention. “It’s been a while since our last visit,” He said smiling at her softly. The man stood tall as he usually did, wearing his half-moon glasses holding both hands resting on his lap.
Snape looked at her with a condescending look.
Nel remained silent at the greeting ignoring it.
“Ms. Greengrass and Ms. Davis have just come to me with a most serious concern,” Dumbledore began. “Perhaps accusation is a better word of choice.”
Her mouth felt dry. McGonagall was still standing behind her. Snape’s bottomless eyes carefully fixed on her. Dumbledore looked as if he was attempting to pry into her mind with his twinkling blue eyes. “Before any actions are taken, we wanted to hear the story from your own account as it happened.” He stretched out a hand signaling for her to take a seat before the fireplace. She did no such thing and remained standing looking at the two with hard eyes.
The silence was deafening with the exception of Fawkes combing over his feathers and the fire softly cracking in the background. She could also feel the eyes of the many former Headmasters and Headmistresses of Hogwarts’ looking down at her in judgment.
She could feel him now physically attempting to pry into her mind. She emptied her head out of all thoughts and the vision of a safe shut tightly and the dial spun hiding away her thoughts and secrets.
“Your master has taught you well Elowen,” Dumbledore commented at her growth in occlumency. Wait- how did she know that word? Occlumency, the art of magically closing one’s mind against Legilimency, or mind readers. She didn’t know how, but somehow, she knew what the word meant.
Again, she did not say a single word. His eyes moved over to Professor Snape who uncrossed his arms and from inside one of his sleeves pulled out a small vial containing no color and bubbling slightly. “Know what this is?” He drawled out; his voice emotionless.
“Bubble bath soap?” She retorted with dripping sarcasm.
Snape did not seem amused.
“Veritaserum,” He responded. “Three drops of this and You-Know-Who himself would spill his darkest secrets.” She looked at him incredulously. Certainly, they weren’t hoping to use it on her. “The use of this on a student is regrettably forbidden. However, seeing as Mr. Lestrange’s involvement in this anecdote cannot be ignored and since he is no longer part of this institution my hand might just slip on his pumpkin juice and we might have to hear his version of the events.”
“I have no idea what you’re talking about,” She lied flawlessly as if her life depended on it maybe it did.
Snape exchanged a look with Dumbledore.
“Elowen, Ms. Greengrass claimed that Ellar Lestrange lured you into the docks some time ago. There he not only threatened you, but he also made an attempt on your life mocking and attempting to drown you in the Black Lake. Is this true?” Dumbledore leaned forward as if attempting to pull the truth out from her.
“It’s a lie.” She answered flatly.
“Elowen,” He pressed again this time taking slow strides around her almost like a shark rounding its prey. His eyes looking for any sign of betrayal. “This is a safe space. This institution does not tolerate the harassment of others. Much less if it endangers the life of one of our students.”
‘Rich coming from the same people that allowed Slytherin House and others to bully me for the majority of my time in this institution,’ she thought with bitter resentment.
“Ellar Lestrange is my adoptive brother. Why would he hurt me?” She probed in her best reasonable logic. “I’m just as aware of his reputation, sir, but tell me- this being true, what reason would I have to protect him?”
Dumbledore nodded his head slowly. “Ms. Saintday, if you confide in us. I can assure you that no harm will come to you. The steps that would follow would be taking Mr. Lestrange’s witness, then contacting his parents, and then-“ She had to interrupt. “And then what? He’d be expelled from Beuxbaton and transfer to Durmstrang? Just like he did from here, right?” She responded with snark.
Dumbledore allowed her to continue.
“I think the real question here is why Ms. Greengrass and Ms. Davis would make up such an elaborate lie.”
Again, silence as the three professors exchanged knowing looks.
“Saintday has a point,” Snape suddenly broke the silence. She tried her best not to look at the Professor with surprise. So, he was siding with her. She was holding up her end of the bargain and keeping her mouth shut to what had happened. Her suspicions were correct. If anything, Ellar would only receive a slap to the wrist, get away with it and then she’d have to deal with Cloelia’s blind wrath. To her it seemed like they were in the same page.
“I assure you I keep a close eye on my House Headmaster. Specially on Saintday who seems to have the keen ability to surround herself with... trouble. I can assure we would not be standing here having this hopeless discussion, if I had caught wind of this rumor before.”
Dumbledore stopped now holding his hands behind his back as he gazed at the fire deep in thought as he marinated on the Potion Master’s words. “For as much as you persuade Ms. Saintday, I don’t believe you,” He looked back at her with a mistrusting gaze.
“But you believe Professor Snape, sir,” Nel shot back her body language mirroring the Headmasters.
Behind her McGonagall looked at the interaction with concern.
Snape gave Dumbledore a look that seemed to say this conversation was over. After all, they had no arguments if they didn’t have the main witness admitting to the events. However, unknowingly to the student all of this had been pre-rehearsed and already discussed amongst the two men.
“Very well,” It seemed like Dumbledore had given up. “But do tell me Elowen, and I hope you are truthful. How do you fancy your new guardian Ms. Cloelia? Real nit-picky student from what I recall.”
It was lie, after lie, after lie. Nel had never lied so much to a person before. She was surprised at how easily the lies slipped from her mouth. She wasn’t aware that Dumbledore didn’t seem to believe a single word that came out of her mouth and if she did, she didn’t care. Instead, the Headmaster was looking at her moving mouth and edging grin with a fearful eye. It wasn’t the first time he was witness to it, but the shadow of a lonely orphan boy from a familiar background who also possessed the affinity to speak to snakes and the ability to flawlessly lie was instead standing before him.
His assumptions, as always had been correct. Despite Severus best efforts to protect her. Nel Saintday was beyond salvation. The evil within her louder and bolder than ever. It was then that Dumbledore decided that “The Girl Who Died” would have to return and die at the hand of her creator.
Professor Snape walked Nel down the stairs of Dumbledore’s office and lead her down to the dungeons and to his office. His hand in the form of a C was angrily pressing on the nape of her neck as he quickly ushered her inside of his office.
“Let go off me!” She slapped his hand away and looked at him with a furious expression. “I am not a child anymore!” She heaved drained from the restless day she had had.
“You insolent, stupid, dunder-head, foolish, girl!” He exclaimed and whipped his wand behind him to lock the door of his private office. This spew of insults and verbal abuse coming from the Professor was sadly not unfamiliar to her. She wasn’t expecting him to be so upset.
He was acting as if she had signed someone’s death sentence.
“Shut mouths catch no flies,” He raised his want in offensive. Triggered she did the same not blinking afraid the professor might strike her. After all, it had never stopped anyone before. Putting on a brave face, she attempted not to show the fear she felt or how her knees were trembling as she expected to be gravely wounded. There was no way she’d be able to take on a Hogwarts Professor, much less somebody as ruthless as Snape.
“Foolish girl. You had to open your damn mouth and babble to Greengrass, Davis and Merlin know who else.”
“What Lestrange did was fucked up and you know it,” She spat vulgarly not minding she was speaking to an adult. Neither lowering her trembling hand or stance. Jaw clenched tightly as she hoped her focus would be of an advantage to her. Snape’s body mirrored her own.
Just looking at her made an emotional wound on his chest soar with painful heat and a burning guilt. Dumbledore felt Elowen was beyond reason. That her nature had long ago sealed her fate. That, that awful curse that branded her face had also sealed this same destiny.
But he liked to believe otherwise. He liked to believe she could be good. That she had a choice.
There was no use in beating around the bush when it came to discussing why it was best not to take any action in punishing Ellar Lestrange with the juridical system involved. Both saw the bigger picture and were in the same place. Snape wasn’t protecting Ellar, he was protecting her, but why?
“He can’t kill you,” He said directly.
“Why?” Her sharp tongue followed suit.
“You serve a very specific purpose for the Dark Lord and have been placed under the custody of the Lestranges because of it.”
“Right,” she answered with a deep canyon forming in between her brows and a tightly clenched jaw. “That I gathered. A Parselmouth orphan taken into the home of one of Voldemort’s most loyal followers I could hardly expect it to be charitable.”
“Good, you’re catching on. Perhaps you have matured since last time we met.”
She ignored this. Whatever he meant by saying last time. This conversation. This scenario it almost felt like it had happened before as if they had already had this conversation, but something had gone awry wrong. It was almost like dejavu.
“You’ve been teaching me occlumency, not how to control my emotions or whatever bullshit that was.”
Snape remained silent. It was true.
“Why?”
“You will find that just like today the ability to hide one’s thoughts is a useful one and I haven’t the slightest doubt that others, witches and wizards more dangerous than the Headmaster might even rely on sadistic methods of torture to pry the truth from your big mouth.”
“Who else knows about the incident with Ellar Lestrange?” He questioned.
“No one,” She lied without hesitation. Snape whipped his wand, and a red spark stung her arm like a pinch, she winced at the sensation. “Dare you use my own spells against me.”
“Draco Malfoy,” She spat truthfully with a look of concern. “He won’t open his mouth. “I trust he won’t,” Snape added swiftly knowing well that Draco Malfoy had more on the line than Elowen did. Being directly related to the Lestranges he wouldn’t raise any hell towards them. Nel decided to keep what Draco had promised her to herself. Snape slowly lowered his wand and guard. Elowen didn’t. “He’s got more bidding on the line than you do if he spreads your precious little secret.”
She bit her tongue standing angry and frustrated. “Why does he want me? What does he want from me? What could I possibly give him? I have nothing. NOTHING! I am nobody,” She heaved as her emotions came crashing like waves and spilled like tears. Like broken risks, recordings of Wool telling her she was worthless, locking her in the Chokey, Lucy going missing. Not having a parent, a name, a single galleon owed to her worthless life. This life that Elowen had been given… She didn’t want it. It was numbing moments like this that made her feel like it wasn’t worth living.
“Same reason he wants Potter,” Snape cleverly lied to hide the Dark Lord’s true intentions and motives.
“To kill me,” Nel nodded and lowered her wand slowly as the horrible realization sank in. The only reason Ellar hadn’t killed her that one night or Cordelia had all summer long was because they were saving her like a pig for slaughter. She thought about the way most of the Purebloods looked at her, the way Mr. Malfoy always so strangely looked and fixated on her. He obviously knew this – How many more people knew? Did Draco know? “He need not bother, at this point I’ll do him the favor myself and give up on this miserable existence.” She wasn’t expecting her wand to fly out of her hand or for Snape to look at her with such fury, in his eyes was reflected a broken look. Again, Snape was haunted by the dark flashback of the night Elowen came to be during that obscure evening all those years ago. The guilt of the atrocious things he had done still rocked him to his core.
“I do not take threats such as suicide lightly Saintday,” He warned her. “I still expect many things from you, cowardice, is not one of them,” he glowered with cold contempt.
Snape again pointed his wand at her and Nel flinched expecting him to wound her instead a chair behind her crashed into the back of her legs forcing her to sit down. Emotionally defeated she complied and sat, wiping away the numb tears that slid down her emotionless face. She now felt a burdening guilt at the words that had just left her mouth. Where had that venomous thought come from? The terrifying thought made her body violently shake as the tears continued to spill.
“I will not apologize for my tone or harsh words towards you,” Snape began harshly now speaking in a collected and calmer voice. Hands behind his back as he stood tall looking down at his student. “Life is hard. We learn and we grow and I’m afraid I will not allow you to have a choice in this or leave us behind to pick up the broken pieces of your short, sad and pitiable life,” He soothed in his own twisted way. Words which didn’t alleviate her pain or made her feel any better about the horrible thought she had just had.
“It is her purpose,” Dumbledore said coldly with much indifference. “As I’ve told you before, it does not matter where Elowen Saintday resides, the Dark Lord will find her. How many more lives must be lost?”
Snape swallowed hard displaying the slightest glimpse of emotion. Be it his guilt, he always felt a sense of responsibility to protect the creature sitting before him. He had brought her to this world and because of that this monster was his responsibility. Burden or not. His alcoholic muggle father had once walked out on his mother and him, be of relationship to this child or not, would he be able to do the same? Was this something he had inherited from his bastardic nature?
No, that wouldn’t be him. He wasn’t his father. With a deep sigh he approached her and stood before her. She sat deep in thought, miserable, friendless having pushed everyone who cared about her away. She was so lost in thought she didn’t hear the Professor clearly saying her name until he knelt on one knee meeting her eye level.
How many times had he had the poor girl crying her eyes out to him? How many times had he failed in his ways to show her the smallest glimpse of humanity?
“Nel,” She stopped sitting with a surprised look on her swollen, red face. She couldn’t remember if he had ever addressed her by the name, she considered to be her own. “Look at me,” his voice was softer than his typical nasal tone. She obeyed, nastily sniffing and wiping the snot that was coming down her nose.
Seeking the bits of humanity that were left in him Severus chose to look inside his heart. What would Lily say? What wisdom would she provide to the broken girl sitting in the Potion Master’s office chair. “I understand,” He spoke in brevity. He chooses not to divulge any details about his personal life. “Perhaps I was out of line,” He admitted regretfully. “I’m aware that I can be rather harsh, but I want you to understand it comes from…” He paused for a moment masterfully and very carefully picking the words he would say next. He’d never vocally admit to it coming from a place of care. “I want you to be strong. Life isn’t easy. We both know yours hasn’t and it is not going to get any easier.”
She didn’t respond to his unfamiliarly kind words.
“Just know,” He said placing his large hand on her upper arm in a familiar way hoping to comfort her. His brown eyes zeroed in on her dark ones and maybe from up this close Snape looked human and not like a giant sulking bat. He smelt of salts and other potions ingredients. Even the middle of his forehead was sunken in genuine concern.
It took great will power to make the following promise. A promise he intended on keeping. “I will do everything in my power to protect you.”:
Unsure of what came over her the girl threw her arms around the professor and held him tightly. He held the child back.
#Draco Malfoy#Draco#dracomalfoy#dracomalfoy ff#draco malfoy fanfiction#Draco Malfoy x oc#Draco Malfoy FF#Draco Malfoy ff#x oc#slithering oc#Slytherin oc#draco x reader#y/n#wattpad#fanfiction#hp fanfiction#Harry Potter#harry potter oc#harry potter fanfiction#harry potter fanfic#ff#Adam driver#snape#Severus snape#tom felton#dracotok
10 notes
·
View notes
Text
Wonwoo: Drunken Love Confession
Drabble Prompts: #71 “You’ve been drinking tonight, haven’t you?” #77 “We’re meant for each other.” #27 “Kiss me.”
Pairing: Wonwoo/F!Reader
WC: 1204
Rating: PG
Content: Fluff, Very slight angst, Drunk Wonwoo
Requested: Yes!
Requests: Open!
Summary: Your boyfriend is drunk. And a conventional “first time” relationship event drops from his lips at a not-so-conventional time.
Masterlist
A/N: This was really fun to write. It’s a mix of 98% fluff and 2% angst for that good ‘person vs. self’ conflict. I hope you all enjoy it as much as I do bc tbh this made me get super fuzzy feelings for our Wonu. Also, yes I referenced “Crazy In Love”. How could I not?
Rattling in the quiet dark space of your apartment stirs you from your deep sleep. Rolling back over, you ignore the sound and stretch out your limbs as you bury your face in your pillow. Except, you hear it again, much louder this time. You probably should have been worried; after all, it could be a stranger breaking in. Instead, you groan and scowl, prepared to fight anyone who interrupted your much needed slumber. Lifting yourself off your bed and patting your bedside for your phone, your irritation grows as you see the bright light shining in your eyes and the lock screen clock announcing it’s 4:08 in the morning.
You don’t grab some type of makeshift weapon as you make your way into your open living space (You regret that moments later because the person who shows up makes you want to smack them.), and realize the sound is coming from behind your front door, two voices mumbling along with the occasional banging. Sneaking your way to the peephole, you close your eyes and take a deep breath when you realize who blessed you with a surprise visit.
Jerking the door open, you’re greeted with a body nearly falling into you, arms reaching out to steady themselves, a cheesy smile on their face as they recognize you.
“Jeon Wonwoo.” You eye your boyfriend up and down, not even glancing to the guy behind him, who is very clearly trying to run away before you can scold him. “Hold it, Mingyu. Don’t even try going anywhere.” He freezes and returns like a reprimanded puppy with his tail between his legs.
“Y/NNNNNN,” Wonwoo sings, batting his eyelashes, “Mingyu! Look! It’s my girlfriend, Y/N!” He hiccups and his eyes widen. “How is she here? I was just thinking about her!” Mingyu offers a limp shrug to you, a weak apology spilling from his lips as you groan.
“You’ve been drinking tonight, haven’t you?” You sigh as you lean on your doorway, Wonwoo stumbling after you as he refuses to let go of his arms around your waist. He nuzzles his face into your neck. “Mingyu, explain.”
The younger of the two shrugs again. “We were out with some of the guys catching up and drinking. Dunno how he got so drunk. But at some point, he kept babbling about you: how perfect you are, how much he misses you, etcetera. It was gross.” Mingyu grimaces. “So to shut him up, we told him you wanted to see him too. And here,” he gestures to you, “we are.”
You press two fingers to your forehead, not awake enough to be dealing with this, but also not mean enough to turn away your adoring boyfriend. Wonwoo missing you when he was drunk out of his mind? Yeah, you could say only true romantic acts work on you, judging by the warmth growing on your cheeks. “Alright, alright. Mingyu, come in for a bottle of water and you can go. Tell the boys I’ll deal with them later.” Taking your boyfriend by the hand, you pull him in past the threshold as he shuffles after, smile still lingering on his lips.
After you dismiss Mingyu, confirming that he’s getting home safely, you turn to your humming boyfriend who is busy braiding your hair.
“You have such pretty hair.” You want to roll your eyes, but watching how content Wonwoo is, all sarcasm dies on the tip of your tongue.
“Okay, lover boy. Thank you, but let’s get you some water. And something to eat, hmm?” You pull away from him and he lets out a small whine at your sudden distance. Setting the cup of water down and a bowl with crackers in front of him as he sits at your kitchen barstool across from you, you can’t help the amused smile on your face. Your boyfriend has always been sweet and attentive, even with the mistaken image of his cold eyes, but you’ve never experienced this before. His misshapen hair falls across his face and his eyes look a little distant and dreamy, and yet you’ve never been as fond as you were right now. And dare you say it, in love. But no dare could make you have enough courage to express that emotion for the first time though. Even with his current words and actions, you manage to doubt how he feels about you. The fear that the alcohol is merely exaggerating his emotions, rather than express the truth, eats at you.
Lost in thought, you don’t realize Wonwoo has finished his glass and is observing you as well. He breaks the silence first.
“Have you ever thought about how we’re meant for each other?” You blink twice, unsure if you heard properly.
“Excuse me?” you tread carefully.
“Yeah,” he lets out a love filled sigh. “It’s just, we’ve all heard stories about true love when we were younger, right?” Wonwoo gazes at you, elbow propped on the counter, palm supporting his jaw. “Sometimes, I used to doubt it. And yet here I am, crazy in love.” He tilts his head and giggles as if he were just thinking out loud. “Which means it has to be true. Because what I feel for you, certainly isn’t a lie.” He spins in the barstool seat, almost losing his balance.
What he’s saying does not make total sense, but you get the gist of it as you comprehend that Wonwoo just confessed his love for you. And not just love, but in love love. You don’t have time to think for too long though, because this time he actually does lose his balance, and plummets to the floor.
“WONWOO!” You rush around the bar and expect to see your boyfriend wincing at the pain. Instead, he just pouts and peeks at you through his eyelashes.
“It hurts,” he sniffs.
Falling to your knees next to him, you check for any visible sign of injury. “Where does it hurt, baby?”
“Here,” he points to his lips.
“Really?” This time, you do roll your eyes and sit back on your heels, arms crossed, unimpressed. “Why should I?”
“Because it hurts,” Wonwoo nods sagely, “And because I love you. So kiss me please.”
Your mind is telling you to rationalize that it’s possible he’s not fully aware of what he’s saying. Your heart is saying that it’s been over an hour since he’s arrived on your doorstep. He drank water and ate crackers. He must have sobered quite a bit, even if not fully. And Wonwoo has never been the type to lie or pretend about what he feels.
Strangely, your heart makes more sense.
Leaning down, you laugh, pressing a long kiss against his lips, whispering, “I love you too,” as he grins and wraps his arms around you.
You trust your heart.
(In the moment, you convince yourself that it being past 5 am has no effect on you. And that the love you feel for your wonderful boyfriend surpasses your exhaustion. Wonwoo confirms that this is, in fact, not true. Because his head is ringing more from the earful he got rather than his hangover the following day. But hey, at least he got to spend it with you.)
#wonwoo drabbles#wonwoo scenarios#wonwoo fluff#wonwoo fic#wonwoo angst#wonwoo imagines#seventeen fluff#seventeen angst#seventeen scenarios#seventeen imagines#seventeen drabbles#wonwoo au#seventeen fanfic#liawrites
280 notes
·
View notes
Text
My Twisted Wonderland Ocs Bio
Note: My Two TW OC’s are based on the sun drop flower and moonstone from tangled. ~
✨🌙————☀️✨
Quote: “The moon speaks yet the sun is silence...only hears my voice with no reply.”
———
Full name: Opal Lucine Stone ( オパール ルシネ 石)
Kanji: 音羽瑠 琉志安 寿都音
[O] 音- sound, pitch, tone
[Pa] 羽- plumage, feathers
[L] 瑠 - lapis lazuli
[Lu] 琉- lapis lazuli
[Ci] 志- intention
[Ne] 安- peaceful
[S] 寿- longevity
[To] 都-metropolis
[Ne] 音- sound, pitch, tone
———
Meaning of Opal: Gem or jewel
Meaning of Lucine: Moon or light
Nickname: Ms. Stone (address to all her students), Ms. Opal (address to college staff), Opi (address to Cyra)
Age: 27 (physical age)
Birthday: October 18
Zodiac Sign: Libra
Status: Alive
Race: Human
Gender: Female
Height: 5’5
Weight: unknown
Hair color: Opal
Eye color: Grey
Blood Type: O
Occupation: Literature Teacher at night raven college (Masters degree on English Literature)
Personality: Serious, Cold, responsible, respected, strict, smart, heartwarming, elegant, friendly, neat, and sometimes mysterious
Languages: Norwegian & Japanese
Studying languages: French & Spanish
Relatives: Sun (mother), Moon (father), Cyra (younger sister), Nova (???)
Crush: Divus Crewel
Hobbies: Writing poems, spells, and studying other languages
Favorite Food: unknown
Strengths: leadership, challenged, determine, creative, success
Flaws: Sometimes a hermit, worry, sometimes not organized, not sleeping early, cyra’s permission on begging, stubborn, self-distance sometimes, overprotected, frights, tricks, and afraid of mistakes.
Any scars, birthmarks, etc: None
Trivia:
-Most of the nights, opal has a conversation with his father talking about her days at school and Cyra’s usual adventures.
-Every night opal goes to check on Cyra to see everything is alright. She’s overprotected over Cyra.
-She sometimes goes overboard when she caught her students not paying attention to class or not doing their work. She summon these rock spikes when she’s in a very bad mood. You do not wanna piss her off while she’s teaching. Strict mode level survival.
-She’s right handed.
-She will always be interested to learn more about anything and talks about it too. Pretty much a nerd I guess ^.^”
-In magic, she usually control elemental powers like water, earth, and ice. And a slinch of dark magic. Not too much or her inner dark powers takes over. Tried to learn fire but failed.
-After the split as nova, she can no longer hear or communicate her mother. The sun. Only she could hear her father, the moon.
-Can summon rock spikes with or without her chants. No wand required.
-Sense her sisters presents with her moonstone earrings. Glows if Cyra use her dark magic.
-Both Opal and Cyra don’t discuss their past to no one, their hidden powers, Nor as nova.
Quote: “I always ended up learning something new today. I want this exploration to surprise me with a bang! ~”
———–
Full name: Cyra Lily Stone (シラ ゆり 石)
Kanji: 詩蘭 利利
[Cy] 詩- Poem
[Ra] 蘭- Orchid
[Li] 利-cleaver, adventurous
[Iy] 利- cleaver, adventurous
[S] 寿- longevity
[To] 都-metropolis
[Ne] 音- sound, pitch, tone
———
Meaning to Cyra: Sun, lord, or throne.
Meaning to lily: Flower
Nickname: Cy (addressed to opal), Ms. Cyra (addressed to teachers and staff), Sunshine (Vil)
Age: 17 (physical age)
Birthday: October 18
Zodiac Sign: Libra
Status: Alive
Race: Human
Gender: Female
Height: 5’4
Weight: unknown
Hair color: Medallion Yellow faded to light blonde
Eye color: Brown
Blood Type: O
Occupation: 2nd Year at Night Raven College
Dorm: Pomefiore
Personality: Curious, creative, adventurous, smart, bright, happy, friendly, cheerful, open minded and shy sometimes
Languages: Norwegian & Japanese
Studying languages: French & Spanish
Relatives: Sun (mother), Moon (father), Opal (Older sister), Nova (???)
Crush: Vil Schoenheit
Hobbies: singing and spells
Favorite Food: unknown
Strengths: Mannered, responsible, kind, freewill, fun, supporter, and challenged
Flaws: Daydream, stubborn, sometimes gets herself in trouble, not asking for help, distraction, doubts, awkward, lies, habits and childish sometimes
Any scars, birthmarks, etc: none
Trivia:
-During daytime when she’s alone, she speaks to her mother the sun. Telling her adventurous days and her friends. Along with opal.
-After the split as nova, she can no longer hear or communicate her father. The moon. Only she could hear her mother, the sun.
-Right handed
-Sometimes Cyra tap in her dark powers, she calls them the reverse chant which it connect to opals powers. However it goes dark, forbidden and dangerous. Simular to nova’s power before the split. She can’t control it thus opal helps her control it. Using her black rock chant. Only use her reverse chant on dangerous situation.
-Extrovert
-Sense her sisters presents with her sun stone necklace.
-In magic, she usually control elemental powers like fire, earth, and a bit of dark. Not too much or her inner dark powers takes over. Tried to learn water and ice but failed.
-Loves anything that has to do with fluffy stuff
-Animal lover
-Hidden power, healing. No wand required.
-Both Cyra and Opal don’t discuss their past to no one, their hidden powers, Nor as nova.
———
Opal and Cyra’s Background: The tear of the sun and moon, falls into earth and creates one human being. They call her “nova”. Nova was curious about everything she sees, touches, everything. She communicates the sun and the moon about what she learned, about things she sees, her feelings, everything!! Every village she goes to, people welcome her with open arms, along with that she learns about the world, people, cultural, magic, everything. However this price were the sun and the moon emerge their powers into one is quite, dangerous. While growing up, her powers gets stronger and not easy to control. One day while helping a few villagers on farming, all of the sudden her powers starts to go haywire and burn the stock. A few homes, injuring people. Nova was devastated and was crying apologetically for all the damage she’s done. Every villager was in rage and kicked her out, she grab her stuff and ran off in fright. Words spread fast and every villager home, are in fear or angered. Calling her witch. “No need a witch in our home, you are cursed.” The bright women lost trust in people, weep for this pain to go away.
Meanwhile the sun and moon felt guilt that her daughter are going some difficult times. Blaming at theirselves for creating a life that they wanna share in a world we’re other life forms could enjoy. “I learned so much about the humans while observing them from the distance. I wanted to be part of their world but I can’t. I am a planet. A moon. And the sun. We gave a piece of us to that world and everyone is afraid of it...” moon said. “The world is not ready for that but I don’t want our daughter to suffer. What if we split the powers into two?” The moon looks at the sun in surprise: “Two? Would that problem be worse for our daughter?” “No, It’s overwhelmed that she has to hold our powers but if she split into two. One will hold the sun and the other the moon.” The moons is flabbergasted by the sun response but has a problem. “If we proceed of doing that, would her memories fade? And one or the other won’t hear us?” While thinking out loud, they didn’t notice their daughter was hearing the conversation, “I’ll do it. I don’t want people to hate me or cause any danger to anyone. If this is the only way I’ll do it. Please mother. Please father. I want this nightmare to end.” In conclusion, the sun and moon agreed and asked nova to chant for the split to start: “
“Listen to my voice. We are the sun and moon. We want the world in peace,
till the end of time..We will balance the chains. With our powers of light and dark. Our fate rely on me,till the end of time.
Till the end of time.”
The chant worked, before splitting she calls her sun half Cyra Lily Stone. And her Moon half Opal Lucine Stone. “Remember our memories, don’t let it fade. Be peace and no harm. Wise but no evil. It will be a struggle but please be together as one....” she splits and two emerges. The moon speaks to her daughters: “Opal, your sister won’t hear me. And so as Cyra speaking to your mother. We don’t want you to suffer no more. Second chance of life we gave. Be wise but no evil.” Opal looks up to her father: “We won’t screw this up, we’ll have a better life and make you and mother proud!!” Cyra looks up and speaks: “What opal said, we’ll control it!!” After the talk opal and Cyra got up and walked away. Put their horrible memories passed them and moved on. Ended up finding a home to stay and re try to fit in. Opal was interested in English literature so she pursuit her career. While Cyra was in home school, Opal was teaching her everything what she’s has to know and importantly controlling each other’s powers. 7 years passed and opal received a masters degree on literature and started to looking for a job soon as possible. While Cyra was wondering around the village looking at stuff her eye catches. Opal met this man named Ashton Vargas outside her hometown while searching for a job, he recommended night raven college since according to him, his headmaster are hiring some staff who are either have a bachelors or a masters degree on any teaching majors he’s looking for. Opal accepted the offer and went to college to talk to the headmaster. She got accepted and had to move in. She told Cyra the news but Cyra wanted to come. Opal Lied to her saying it’s private college and won’t allow outsiders to visit. She left with her belongings but Cyra followed her. Cyra got distracted and when she looked back, her sister is gone. While trying to remain calm, something knocked her off . Leaving her unconscious, once waking up...her life is about to get more interesting and adventurous. As for opal: students to teach and headaches.
Loading Coffin....
Opal & Cyra Outfits~
#twisted wonderland oc#stone sisters#opal lucine stone#cyra lily stone#Will add Chibis Overbolts and Outfits later on#twst#twst oc#Twisted Wonderland OC
28 notes
·
View notes
Text
Flatline
Natasha Romanoff x Reader
Modern AU
Words: 2,481
Warnings: Don’t drink and drive kiddos. Mentions of abuse. Descriptions of injury. Slight cheating.
Request: Yup. Hey! I was wondering if you could do a Natasha x fem!reader based on the videoclip of Maps- Maroon 5. But with the reader not dying at the end, just getting severely injured. And with a happy ending if that’s not asking much :) love your writings btw Hope you like it!
Summary: She’ll follow you.
A/N: Sorry this might have taken a lil long, life ‘n’ stuff y’know? I finished this off whilst sleep-deprived, so, take that as you will. Also, this isn’t proof read.
(Not my GIF)
***
2:45 a.m.
Oh, God did Natasha wish she had thoughts running through her head right now, instead of the deafening static echoing throughout her ears, as her body worked on almost autopilot.
But to be perfectly honest with you. Natasha wished for a hell of a lot of things right now. She wished she had a genie so that she could make more wishes.
She had never been so desperate.
Not when she was younger, trying to get out of the hell that was her childhood.
Not when Clint had been rushed to the hospital, because his father had beat the hell out of him. Which left the, then, purple obsessed teen, deaf in both ears.
Not even when she had been shot in a robbery, and was bleeding out.
But now? Now, she was desperate as she repeatedly pounded on the elevators buttons like that would magically make it go faster. That or it just gave her something to occupy her fuzzy mind, so she wouldn’t lose it. Finally, Fucking finally, the doors opened, and reviled the reception area.
Rushing towards them, she hastily ashed.
“Where is she? Where is she?! Where the fuck is she?!” Natasha knew she didn’t make sense. She had to give them a name. A description. Something more than what she was yelling at them right now. But she just couldn’t manage to get any words, other than these, out of her mouth.
“Hold on, Ma’am. Who are you looking for?” The receptionist asked, trying not to let the anxious waves coming from Natasha affect her.
Huffing out an exasperated breath, Natasha turned and ran down a random hallway, one she guessed would be where they had taken you.
And oh, how she was right.
She just didn’t know if she wanted to be, after finding you in the state that you were.
You were layed on an operation table, nurses and doctors swarming around you. Some prepping you and the room. Others just trying their hardest to keep you stable and alive.
Cuts and scrapes adorned your body. Split lip going as far to your chin, black eyes, a sliced cheek, and a head wound. Blood matting into your hair, and all over your forehead. Your right arm was undoubtedly broken, your shirt was torn, blood seeping from beneath it. Your left leg was bloody and gouged oped in a few long strokes, the jean cut to your mid-thigh, thanks to the doctors cutting it to get to your injuries better- Or at all. All that and glass shards added to the equation, ranging from tiny, to large, penetrated every body part of yours. Natasha couldn't look at a fresh inch of skin without seeing specks of glass embedded into you. And that was just the outside. God only knows what was happening inside of your body.
And Natasha hoped. For one of the first times, in her life, she silently prayed, she prayed that there would be nothing wrong with you inside and that you would make a full and fast recovery. With her by your side.
“What happened to her?” Natasha asked, gaining the medical staff's attention.
“Get her out of here!” One of the doctors, obviously the head surgeon, -the one by your legs- ordered. Pointing in Natasha's direction, before returning their attention back to your unconscious body.
“What?” Natasha whispered. The static in her ears and mind quieting instantly. Now the only thing that could be heard in her ears was the ever slowing heart rate monitors beeps.
The two doctors nearest her made their way over to her hastily. Both of them pushing against Natasha, trying to overpower and restrain her. As she shoved against the men trying to keep her from the room.
“What the hell happened to her?!”
“Ma’am, you need to leave.” One of the doctors, who were stopping her from moving further into the room, tried to reason with her.
“No!” Natasha roared, “Tell me what happened to her!”
Finally barging past the two doctors, she paused in the room, just watching the other doctors work around you.
Natasha couldn’t decide if she was lucky to have had found you. Or if she was so incredibly unlucky to have to see you like this. And for her to know that it was all her fault.
But if the was one thing for sure. Natasha needn't have prayed.
2:30 a.m.
You had been driving for near thirty minutes. Running away from Natasha, and trying to run from the feeling’s swirling around inside of you. You had to get away from it all. No destination. Just escape. But with the tears blurring your vision, and the level of your intoxication. It was lucky you were on the road for so long. No police chasing after you, even with you going twenty over the limit. But your “luck” was soon to run out.
You don’t know what happened. One minute you were driving smoothly, well, as smoothly as you could in your state, but the next you lost control of the car. Steering wheel spinning out of your grip, making the car drift to its side. Before flipping over, again and again.
Once.
Twice.
Three.
Four.
Five.
Six.
Seven.
Seven times the car flipped, jolting you around inside. Only on the third flip did you hit your head hard against the steering wheel, knocking you out.
When the car finally stopped, landing on its roof, did the repetitive sound of a siren fill the sky. The police were finally after you. And they would bring the ambulance.
They needed to hurry.
Blood poured from a multitude of places upon your body. The car was a state. The windshield and the driver's side glass smashed. Wheels concaved into the mechanics. Dents, scrapes, and cracks adorned the exterior. The hood of the car laid a few meters behind you. But the most worrisome thing was the fact that the engine was beginning to flame.
2:27 a.m.
The vibrating phone on the seat next to you pulled your gaze from the road. Natasha’s call name lit up the screen. That was the nineteenth time she had tried calling you, in the past twenty minutes.
Picking up your phone, you slid the decline button and threw it back on the seat. Frown growing angrier with Natasha, with every second that passes.
You couldn’t believe she would do this to you- that she could do this to you. She had told you many times before that you were the only one for her. The love of her life, she would say. And you, like a fool, believed her.
Was she always lying? Had she done this before? If so, how many times? All these questions, and more, ran through your head. You wished they would shut up, and let you drive far away. Drive until the gas ran out. Or drive until you were ready to go home, where Natasha probably would be, waiting for your return. Looking like a kicked puppy.
Another vibration from your now face down phone, had you groaning. Picking it up once again, you decided to switch it off. Fuck her. She could suffer in silence, for all you cared.
1:54 a.m.
Okay, so maybe this party wasn't so bad. You got to catch up with your friends, which was nice. However, you still wished that your night was spent at home, just you and Natasha, doing whatever you pleased. Not being dragged away from each other as soon as you walked through the door. That was definitely a downside to the party.
Now don’t get me wrong. You didn’t have to be around Natasha all the time. But you had been apart from each other, for the past week or so. So, excuse you if you missed your girlfriend. But, sadly, you had promise’s to uphold, which is why you were here in the first place.
After around an hour and a half o conversing with your friends, you decided you go find Natasha. Maybe even convince her to head home soon, so you could finally spend some alone time together.
You just didn’t expect to see what you did.
There Natasha was, being pressed up against the wall by some random girl, whose tongue was down your girlfriend's throat. That is if you would still call her that, at the end of the night.
“Y/N,” Natasha uttered in a hushed tone, looking like a deer caught in headlights, as she pulled away from the girl, pushing her away slightly, as Natasha kept staring at you. “Y/N, it’s not what you think.”
“Save it, Nat,” you spat, walking from the room.
2:01 a.m.
“Y/N, please!” Natasha called after you, as you bound down the steps, walking towards Natasha’s expensive Chevrolet.
“Piss off, Natasha!”
Thankful that Natasha had given you her car keys to look after for the night, you slid into her Chevy, throwing your phone on the passenger seat.
Natasha banged on the windows, yelling through them, as you started the car, intent on ignoring her.
“Y/N, please get out of the car, you’ve been drinking.”
“Fuck off, Nat. You can make your own way home.”
“Baby, please. It’s not what it looks like,” he begs echoed through the glass, tears begin to well up in her eyes.
“’It’s not what it looks like’?!” you roared, “Really?! Because I’m pretty sure it looked like, some woman had her tongue down your throat!”
With that, you made your speedy exit, not caring as to what else Natasha had to say.
“Y/N!” Natasha called after you, “Y/N!”
11:30 p.m.
“Do we really have to go to this fuckin’ party?”
“Yes, Y/N. We promised Tony, weeks ago that we would. Now, go get dressed,” Natasha chastened.
“I am dressed.” You opened your arms, looking down at your jean and t-shirt set.
“You are not going like that,” Natasha said, gesturing to your outfit.
“Why not? You can’t tell me, Clint isn’t going to the party like this,” you said, knowing full well that Clint was going to rock up into the party, wearing jeans and purple t-shirt.
“At least put on a t-shirt that doesn’t have paint all over it,” Natasha close to whined.
Glancing down again, you finally noticed the different hues of paint, that stained into your t-shirt, from your many decorating expeditions.
“Ohhhhh... yeah, okay.”
“Thank you!” Natasha called to you, as you walked back into the bedroom to get changed.
2:46 a.m.
If the flatline of your heart was to go by, praying was unnecessary for Natasha to have even tried.
The doctors that were now behind her, each grabbed one of her shoulders and threw her from the room. Slamming the door locked behind them.
Natasha would have continued pounding on the wood of the operation door, for far more than two seconds. If it wasn’t for the arms that wrapped around her shoulders, Natasha instantly knowing who they belonged too, let out a sob she didn’t know she needed to release. Turning in her spot, she pushed her face into Clint's neck and cried there.
6:33 a.m.
Well. You felt, like shit. No. In fact. You felt like you had been thrown off a cliff, dragged through a mile of cacti, and then left in some shit. Shit does not come close to how you feel right now.
Fluttering your eyes open, as to protect them from the harsh lights of the hospital room, you then looked at your surroundings.
Medical equipment.
Plain white walls.
More medical equipment.
Natasha.
Now, that. That was shit.
Slumped in an uncomfortable position, on an equally uncomfortable looking chair, was where Natasha slept. God, she looked beautiful, even like this. You hated that you still thought that after last night.
“What the fuck are you doing here?” you groaned out, slowly moving your head to face forward, one so you didn’t have to look at Natasha much longer. And two, to ease the strain, your neck was feeling.
Your words brought Natasha out of dreamland, and into the harsh reality. “Y/N, you’re awake.”
“Yeah, and I asked you a question.”
“You remember,” she said slowly, shoulders slumping.
“Yeah, I remember. What? Hoping I had amnesia or something?”
“No, of course not,” Natasha replied, voice hurt and insulted at the accusation you had made.
“Why are you here, Natasha?” you asked, no longer wanting to fight, like you did mere moments ago. Only growing more and more tyred by the second. All you wanted right now was to go back to sleep.
“Because I love you.” But apparently, you weren’t going to be able too.
“Yeah, you sure seemed to love me last night when you were cheating on me.”
Natasha winced at that, “I didn’t.”
“What? You didn’t cheat on me?! Oh, that's rich, Natasha! I literally saw you-”
“I didn’t kiss her. She kissed me. She was saying all of this stuff about how she was better than you, how I should be with her, and how good she and I would be together. I got really angry and told her to go fuck herself. Then she kissed me. I pushed her away when you came into the room.”
“You didn’t look angry,” you noted, voice small.
“Because you looked so heartbroken, and I knew it was because of me.” Natasha’s sniffling brought you to look back at her saddened face. Only now did you notice her redraw eyes, presumably from crying. Tears welling up in them again. And you knew for a fact, they were burning her.
And in that moment you believed her. Of course, you did. Obviously, she was right. This was your Natasha we’re talking about here. The one who never looked at anyone the same way she did you. The woman who had repeatedly blown off important responsibilities, just because she missed being in your arms. The woman who beyond all else, loved you with all her heart.
“Yeah, well, now my body’s kinda broken not, too.”
“Don’t make me feel worse, please,” Natasha uttered, placing her head in her hand’s. Your bed dipping as she rested her elbows upon the mattress.
Smiling sadly at her, you said, “It’s not your fault, Natasha.” Pulling her hand’s away from her eyes, so she would look at you. Your sad smile turning into a fond one. “I’m the one who drove the car while drunk. Which by the way, I might have destroyed, just a little bit.”
“I don’t care about the Goddamn car.” Natasha shook her head. “As long as your okay, I don’t care about anything else.”
“I love you, Nat. I know you didn’t cheat on me.”
“I love you too, Y/N,” Natasha replied, griping your hand, “Never scare me like that again. You flatlined. I thought I lost you.”
“Well, you didn’t, I’m right here. I’m right here.”
370 notes
·
View notes
Text
Big Bang (Sort of) Editing Story [Day 65]
I started writing this fic while editing my Big Bang story, but am going to continue doing it for other things now that Kill Dear is out. I will write and publish 100 words of the story every time I finish doing whatever task I’m doing. If you’d like to block these proceedings, please feel free to block the tag proofread stories. I will reblog this post with the parts of the story I do today. Edited chapters are linked; everything else I’ve done so far is under the cut.
My Master Post Part 1 Part 2 Part 3 Part 4 Part 5 Part 6 Part 7 Part 8 Part 9 Part 10 Part 11 Part 12 Part 13 Part 14 Part 15 Part 16 Part 17 Part 18 Part 19 Part 20 Part 21 Part 22 Part 23 Part 24 Part 25 Part 26 Part 27 Part 28 Part 29
Lets do a bit of this tonight. Probably won’t work on it long, but I have something to finish up.
Chapter 30
After lunch, Patton and Logan took Virgil out into the garden to walk around. They let Virgil lead them around wherever he wanted to in the garden. A bunch more flowers had died since the last time they’d been out here, and Patton felt sad despite having never felt very sad about that sort of thing before. But, Virgil seemed to really like the flower he’d found last time, so Patton thought he was probably sad on the boy’s behalf.
Of course, Patton thought, perking up, eventually it would be spring, and Virgil could get to not only see flowers but see all of the flowers grow. Patton couldn’t wait to see him amongst the garden then.
Virgil took them wandering through the orchard for a while, but most of the trees had been stripped of their fruits. They ended up in the food garden after a bit, and Virgil finally seemed to decide on the direction instead of just ambling about.
A few seconds after Patton noticed Virgil seemingly decide on a destination, Patton noticed Mr. Deknis kneeling on the ground a few feet away. Had… had Virgil been looking for him? Patton wondered. That was adorable.
Mr. Deknis looked up as they approached and smiled at them.
“Hello, Mr. Deknis,” Patton said as they came closer.
“Hello you three,” Mr. Deknis said. “Getting into trouble?”
“No,” Virgil said, shaking his head.
Mr. Deknis gave him a flash of a smile. “I know, I’m joking,” he said. “Especially since there isn’t much left in my gardens for certain princes to destroy with experiments.”
“Oh, okay,” Virgil said. He tilted his head. “What are you doing?”
“I’m getting the last of the acorn squash out,” Mr. Deknis replied. “It’s the last crop to get finished. Good thing too, it’s supposed to start snowing soon.”
Virgil looked down curiously at the dark green squash.
“Would you like to help me pick a couple?” Mr. Deknis asked.
“Sure,” Virgil said, sounding interested. Mr. Deknis patted the ground beside him and Virgil knelt down to watch him.
“They’re not too difficult to harvest,” he said. “You just cut the fruit off the stem. You want to leave about a hand’s width of the stem left over which will help preserve moisture. The earlier harvests, I left in the field to cure in the sun for a couple weeks, but the frost’ll ruin them so we’ll take them inside the green house and let them sit in the sun for a bit there. We also want to keep the leaves. You’ll probably be eating those for dinner tonight since they have to be cooked up within about 24 hours after they’re picked. Patton’s mom makes a good side dish with them and she’ll be making some curry tomorrow, probably. Maybe some stew if there are some leftover.”
“Put the squash in this wheelbarrow and the leaves into this pile, okay?” Virgil nodded and Mr. Deknis handed him the extra pair of gloves and shears he carried with him in case one set broke. “These might be a bit big on your, but they should work for now.”
Mr. Deknis looked up at Patton and Logan. “Would the two of you like to help?” he asked. “I can get some more equipment.”
“I can help out if you want, but you don’t need to stop and get more equipment just for me,” Patton said.
“The same for me,” Logan said.
“Well, if you’d like to help still, you can sort the leave. Give your mother a head start.”
“Sure,” Patton said. He and Logan went to do that while Mr. Deknis and Virgil worked on cutting the squashes from the vine.
“What do you do during the winter?” Virgil asked curiously. “If this is your last crop.”
“Well, at the beginning, I mostly will be working on making sure things are stored correctly along with some of the kitchen staff. There’s some drying to do and some canning. After that’s done, I’ll spend some time organizing and planning. Then, before the spring comes, I’ll start preparing seedlings in the green house.”
“Seedlings?” he asked.
“I let seeds start to grow in the greenhouse that I replant once it gets warm enough.”
“Why don’t you just plant them where they’re going?”
“I do for some,” he said, “but giving some a head start is good for them.”
Patton watched as Virgil continued to ask questions about gardening while working on harvesting the squash. Mr. Deknis continued to answer them in a calm, soft tone that Patton didn’t think he’d ever heard from the often gruff man before.
Patton wasn’t surprised when, after finishing getting most of the squash off of the vine, Mr. Deknis asked if Virgil wanted to help him with canning some pears in a couple of days. Virgil immediately looked over at Logan and Patton as though asking permission.
“Say yes if you want to Virgil,” Logan said.
“Yes,” Virgil said as soon as he was given permission. Mr. Deknis smiled at him softly and started loading the last of the squash into the wheelbarrow. Patton offered to run the squash leaves to the kitchen while Logan and Virgil helped Mr. Deknis take the actual squash to the green house.
He dropped the leaves off to a kitchen worker since Mama was busy and headed back out to the garden. By the time he returned, Logan was already back from the green house and sitting by one of the more decorative trees near the castle.
“He’s exploring,” Logan said, nodding at the large patch of bushes.
Patton chuckled. “I see.” He sat next to Logan. Every so often he’d hear the bushes rustle, but he couldn’t tell if it was actually Virgil or an animal.
“He’s adorable,” Patton commented, keeping an ear out.
Logan hummed.
“I’m glad we kept him.”
“He isn’t a pet, Patton.”
Patton rolled his eyes. “I know, but I’m still glad. I’m glad he’s making friends with Mr. Deknis. Once he knows how to read better, we should get him a book about gardening. He seems interested.”
Logan nodded. “Having a hobby would be good for him. Clearly he has a fascination with the garden.” He nodded to the blur of dark hair that could be seen through the bushes. It seemed Virgil had stopped his exploration and was now laying down in the bushes a few feet away.
“I’m going to go see what he’s doing,” Patton said. “I’ll be right back.”
Logan nodded and Patton got to his feet. The bushes were part of a small maze that was filled with flowers during the spring and summer months but were mostly just green and brown bushes for now. Despite the fact that Patton had been able to see him only a few feet away, it took him a while to wind through the path to where he was. When he finally turned the last corner and he came into view, Patton gasped softly.
“Ghost kitty!” he said, making sure to make his voice as quiet as possible.
Despite how soft he made his voice, two pairs of eyes shot over to him. The completely black kitten was perched on Virgil’s lap like she belonged there. Ghost Kitty hissed slightly, but Virgil reached forward to pet her head gently.
“This is Ghost Kitty?” Virgil asked. “I thought you said she was hard to pet.”
“She is,” Patton said. He lowered himself onto the ground from a few feet away from them. “How did you get her to come to you?”
Virgil glanced down at the cat and shrugged, scratching one of her ears. “She just came over to me and let me pet her.”
“Wow,” Patton said softly. He looked at the cat. “Could I pet you sweetie?” he asked, holding out a hand in her direction. She hissed again.
Virgil frowned down at her. “It’s Patton,” he said as though he expected to understand his words and the exasperation in the tone he said them in.
He pet the cat’s head to soothe her and then reached over to grab Patton’s hand. He pulled and Patton carefully leaned a bit closer until his hand was within sniffing distance. Ghost Kitty sniffed his fingers contemplatively and then bumped her head against it. He barely restrained a squeal, knowing that probably wouldn’t be taken well.
He carefully turned his hand over so he could stroke the top of her head. He gently scratched her ear, not daring to go for under her chin yet since she didn’t know him well. “Hi,” he said softly. After a moment, she started to purr softly. Virgil reached over and scratched under her chin and she purred louder. “Oh, you’re a good girl,” Patton breathed, letting a hand trail gently down her back once and then again. Patton settled himself carefully into a seating position continuing to pet her. After a few more moments of soft petting, she hesitantly stepped her front paws onto Patton’s thigh so she was sitting in both of their laps. Patton laughed softly. “Hi sweetie.” He glanced over at Virgil who had a wide smile on his face as he pet the cat. This. This was adorable. They continued to pet the cat for a very long time.
Chapter 31
Logan waited for a while after Patton left to check on Virgil, but the two never resurfaced. It was odd, Patton would usually remember to come back and get Logan or at least tell them where they were. With a sigh, Logan climbed to his feet to go find them. It took him a while to weave his way through the maze of bushes to them especially because they were suspiciously quiet (Well, suspicious for Patton. Virgil was often unnervingly quiet when alone.) Luckily, he knew the bushes enough after all of these years not to get lost and managed to find the two after a few minutes.
“Ah,” he said, immediately identifying the reason for Patton disappearing.
“Logan!” Patton said, his voice excited, but also quieter than normal. “We found a kitty!”
“I can see that,” Logan responded, taking a step closer. The cat hissed at him in response. The hissing was so intense and wild that he’d suspect the thing was feral if it wasn’t happily on Virgil’s lap having had it’s head in Patton’s lap before Logan had approached.
“No,” Virgil told the animal as though it could understand words. “That’s Logan. Be nice.”
The cat still glared at him and swished it’s tail back and forth threateningly. Virgil pet the top of it’s head and it broke eye contact with Logan to purr.
Patton seemed delighted by the purring, reaching to stroke under the thing’s chin carefully. “We should give her a name!” Patton said.
Virgil frowned. “I thought her name was Ghost Kitty.”
“That is ‘Ghost Kitty’?” Logan asked skeptically. From what Patton had said about that cat, it was terrified of people and no one could ever get near it, even him. Now it was in Virgil’s lap?
“But that was a temporary name,” Patton said, “for before we officially met her. Now we have to give her a real name.”
“Do not give it a name,” Logan said. “You will get attached.”
“How do you name a cat?” Virgil asked.
“Do not name it,” Logan said.
“You give them names based on their personalities, how they look, or even just because it’s a cute name,” Patton explained. “Like, remember Mittens? I named her Mittens because she has white fur and black paws!”
Virgil looked at the cat. “She’s completely black,” he said.
Patton hummed. “So, we could give her a name based on that like Midnight or Shadow.”
“Those are fine,” Virgil said.
“No, no,” Patton said. “I’m just giving you examples. You get to name her yourself.”
“This is a bad idea,” Logan said.
“Just throw out some names,” Patton said. “Anything you can think of.”
“Uh,” Virgil said. “Knife.”
“…Just Knife?” Patton asked.
“Nightmare.” Virgil seemed to think about it. “No, that’s mean.”
“How about things you like?” Patton suggested.
“Alfredo?”
Oh no, Logan thought, he was worse than Patton at cat naming.
“Good start,” Patton said. “Logan, do you have any suggestions.”
“Cat,” Logan said.
“Real suggestions,” Patton scolded.
Logan sighed and thought for a moment. “Aphrodite.”
“Catphrodite!”
Logan glared at him. “Helena.”
“Helenpaw.”
“Claudia.”
“Clawdia.”
“Persephone.”
Patton smiled at him, cheerfully.
“…Damnit!”
Patton turned to Virgil again. “Like that! They don’t even have to be serious. Like, uh, you could name her Madam Fluffywuffykins the Great!”
“Do not name her that,” Logan said, scrunching up his nose.
Logan sat on the ground, the cat eyeing him, but no longer hissing. Logan gently guided them towards more sensible names despite Patton trying his hardest to drag them into stupidity.
Virgil still didn’t quite get it. He mostly tried to name it after foodstuff, and often not even appropriate foodstuff such as “Corn” and “Acorn Squash” and “Sandwich” and occasionally would drop in semi violent ones such as “Razor,” “Nightshade” and “Void.” Patton suggested names like “Fluffers,” “Bobette” and “Darling” as well as some that were puns. Logan tried to direct them towards more sensible ones like “Salem” and even went so low as to suggest the contrary “Snowball.”
It quickly seemed to become less about actually naming the cat and more of a game. Patton had taught Virgil about playing with cats and had even gotten out a ball of yarn he cared around for his crafts. Both Virgil and the cat seemed to find endless entertainment with that. Logan hoped Patton had another ball of yarn that color because, he was never going to get that ball back.
The barrage of names fizzled out into naming things around them like “Leaf” and “Bush” until they stopped suggesting names altogether. Patton and Logan sat back and watched Virgil play with the cat.
Logan watched as they stopped playing suddenly and Virgil and the cat squinted at each other. “Marisol,” Virgil said, pulling the name out of nowhere. “That’s her name.” He said it with a certainty that was surprising considering how he’d treated the naming process with confusion and caution earlier. If Logan did not know better, his tone of voice would indicate that the cat, or Marisol he guessed, had gotten bored of them coming up with stupid names and decided to tell him her actual name herself.
The cat made a sound and batted at Virgil’s face without claws to grab back his attention.
He turned back to it and bopped its face with a finger in kind. It attacked his finger, but in a clearly playful matter as it still did not extend it’s claws and its teeth did not draw blood.
“That’s a great name, Virgil,” Patton said.
“Much more pleasant than any that Patton suggested all afternoon,” Logan said. He received an elbow to the side for his quip.
“A pretty name for a pretty kitty,” Patton said, scooting over to where Virgil was sat and attempting to pet Marisol’s head. Marisol, however, was too keyed up and batted at the hand.
“I love you too!” Patton said.
Logan rolled his eyes, but he had long since resigned himself to watching the two of them play with and coo over the cat for the rest of the day.
Eventually, though, it started to get darker. Even after Logan pointed this out, it still took over an hour for them to relent and leave the bush maze to go to the door. The problem was of course, that the cat had managed to grow very attached to Virgil in the last few hours and she followed them all the way to the door with manipulatively heart breaking mews.
“You’ve got to stay out here,” Virgil said, when they got to the castle door. He pet her ear softly and she shoved her head into his hand. “I’m sorry. I don’t have anywhere to put you.” He sounded horribly sad about that fact and Logan felt himself shift uncomfortably. “I basically live in a closet and Logan doesn’t like cats in his room anyway.”
Logan immediately felt unreasonably guilty, probably more so because Logan did not think Virgil was trying to make him feel guilty. “…Bring the dammed thing inside.”
Virgil blinked up at him. “What?”
“It will get cold soon anyway,” Logan said.
He frowned at Logan from where he was crouched. “But you don’t like fur in your room…”
“I will have to find a potion that works,” he said with a sigh, “and we’ll have to say it’s mine to the guards and Father since it will be staying in my room, but it is yours in every other way. That means you are going to feed it, clean it, and clean up after it.”
Virgil nodded immediately and swooped Marisol up in his arms. The cat went without complaint. “Thank you!” he said. “I love her.”
“I know you do,” Logan said, already regretting it already. Yet, he couldn’t bring himself to even consider recanting the offer considering how happy Virgil seemed to be. They had a cat now, he guessed.
Chapter 32
“What are you doing?” Helen asked a few minutes after her son walked into the kitchen and started looking around as though he were trying to find something. It was a few hours into the afternoon, and she and a few workers were already prepping for dinner.
“Uh,” Patton said. “Have you seen Virgil?”
“No,” Helen said. “Why.”
“Er… Logan and I sorta, lost him,” Patton said. He was wringing his hands anxiously. Helen put down the knife in her hand.
“What do you mean you lost him?” she asked.
“Well, see, we were trying to teach him how to play hide and seek, um, but then we didn’t think to tell him that he eventually had to come out if we didn’t find him, and now we haven’t seen him since breakfast.”
“He didn’t know what tag is?” she asked. That was just one more thing to add to the list of why Helen worried about Virgil and where he came from. Every morsel of information she’d managed to wring from Patton despite his evasions made her lists of concerns grow larger, even little things like him not knowing about simple childhood games. Actually, thinking of concerning things having to do with Virgil. “Wait, so he hasn’t eaten lunch.”
“Um, we don’t know that,” Patton’s mouth said while his eyes said ‘no.’
“He needs to be on a consistent diet, especially when he’s still taking the malnutrition potion,” she scolded.
“I know, Mama, I know,” Patton said. “I’m trying to find him. I’d kinda hoped he’d gotten hungry and snuck down here. He probably wouldn’t want to risk being caught stealing food though.”
Helen grimaced. Yet another concerning thing.
“Wait! I have an idea, I’ll be right back.” Patton turned and ran out of the room. Helen frowned at the space he’d been and finished chopping the carrot on the cutting board in front of her. If it had been any other person in the castle missing, Helen wouldn’t have worried, but she had literally never seen Virgil without Patton and/or Logan by his side. Even when he’d gone to help Jeff can some fruit, Logan had reportedly hung around to read a book.
Considering that Logan had never exactly been clingy even with Patton, she imagined that either Virgil asked, or Logan thought he should stay with him for his comfort. So, she was surprised that he was apparently hidden away somewhere in the castle where neither of the other kids could find him.
Still thinking about this, she walked over to the entrance to the cellar below the kitchen where they stored most of the vegetables, planning to grab some more carrots. She was confused for a moment when she heard movement from deeper in the pantry. She reached over and touched the panel near the door that controlled the magic lights.
The newly illuminated figure startled as the lights came on, whipping around to stare at her with wide eyes.
“Virgil?” she asked.
“Sorry,” he said immediately, taking a step back.
“It’s fine,” she said immediately, “but what are you doing here?”
He considered her for a long moment, but apparently, she passed some sort of mental test, because he relaxed, at least as much as he’d ever relaxed in her presence. “Where are we?” he asked.
Her brow knit together. “The cellar under the kitchen,” she said, “You don’t know that?”
He shook his head.
“The only entrance is from the kitchen.” Now that she thought about it, she hadn’t seen him go through the kitchen at any point.
“No, it’s not,” Virgil said. “There’s a tunnel.”
“A-a tunnel?” she asked. Actually, taking a closer look at him, he seemed a bit grimy. He had dust all over his front and dirt on his nose. She thought he might even have a couple of cobwebs in his hair.
“Yep,” he said.
“Where’s the tunnel?” she asked.
“It’s right over here,” he said. He took a couple of steps and pointed to the ground. There was an open square hole there that clearly had been made a long time ago but which she had never noticed in all of her time working here.
“How did you find this?” she asked.
“We were playing hide and seek,” Virgil explained. “Logan said I could hide anywhere inside the castle. I hid on top of a dresser upstairs in some unused sitting room. There was a hole in the wall above it, so I climbed into it. Then, I crawled a little bit and it let out into a hidden passage in the walls. I wandered around in it until I found another hole in one of the walls. I thought it was a way out, so I squeezed into it, but it took me to a different hallway where I found an old room. There was a different hole in that room that had probably been covered by something because it was in the floor but whatever it was had rotted away. I crawled though it into a tunnel and came out here.”
She couldn’t help but laugh a bit at his explanation. “Well, it sounds like you went on an adventure,” she said, “but Patton and Logan have been trying to find you. You missed lunch.”
He tilted his head at her. “I know. I was supposed to hide.”
“Yes,” she explained, “but you are supposed to come out at some point if they can’t find you for things like food.”
“Oh,” he said.
“They probably should have explained,” she said. “For now, why don’t we get you something to eat? You must be hungry.”
Virgil frowned. “But I missed lunch.”
“You can still eat even though it’s not in normal hours,” she said. “You could even if you had made it to lunch.”
“Really?” he asked, he looked tragically confused by this offer.
“Of course, sweetie,” she said. “In fact, I insist you get something good to eat right now. How about I made you a grilled ham and cheese sandwich? Maybe some cookies too!”
Virgil titled his head. “You are Patton’s mother,” he stated.
Helen laughed softly. “He gets its all from me,” she said. “We should probably go find him and tell him you’re okay. He was worried.”
“I didn’t mean to worry him,” Virgil said with a frown.
“I know,” Helen said. “It’s okay. He’ll probably laugh when he figures out where you’ve been, and Logan will interrogate you all about the secret passageways.” He seemed happy about the prospect of seeing his friends. “Come on, let’s go upstairs for a bit,” she said.
Chapter 33
Patton’s mom had already made Virgil sit down at the small table in the corner of the kitchen and had handed him a sandwich by the time Patton barreled into the kitchen, Logan coming after him at a more sedate pace.
“Virgil!” he said, sounding surprised and relieved.
“Patton,” Patton’s mom scolded. “No cats in the kitchen.” Patton had brought Marisol in with him and had let her go as soon as he’d seen Virgil. She immediately plodded over to him and hoped onto the table to sniff at his face in greeting.
“But she’s the princess!” Patton argued.
“No,” Logan said.
“Yes, she is!” Patton said.
“The stupid cat is not a princess.”
“Don’t be mean to your little sister, Logan.”
“I regret every life decision that has led me to this point.”
While Logan and Patton were distracted squabbling and Patton’s mom was distracted watching them squabble, Virgil tore off a bit of the ham in his sandwich and offered it to Marisol. Marisol gracefully took it from his grip and ate it.
“So, this is Logan’s new cat I’ve been hearing about?” Patton’s mom asked.
“Indeed,” Logan said, his lips thinned. He and Marisol were mostly amicable when alone with just them and Virgil, but Patton had a habit of cooing over the kitten and needling Logan into being irritated.
“Mmm, yeah,” Patton’s mom said. She glanced over at Virgil right as Marisol basically slammed her face into his chin in a bid to get pets. “Your cat.” She shook her head. “But Princess Kitten or not, I do not want fur in dinner,” she said.
“Sorry,” Patton said, honestly not sounding sorry at all. Virgil was always a bit surprised when the insolent shrug garnered nothing more that a scowl that did not reach Patton’s mom’s eyes. “I thought she could help me find Virgil, but you already found him.” He turned to Virgil. “Where have you been all day?”
“Found a tunnel,” Virgil said. He had to use one hand to hold Marisol back from his sandwich as he took another bite, but then gave her a bite of cheese.
“You found what?” Logan asked.
“There’s a tunnel under the cellar,” Virgil said. “It goes to an old closed up room and also to a set of secret passageways.” It was a bit of a security risk honestly, though clearly no one had used it in years by how dirty it was. He did plan to go back into it and make sure the sprawling tunnels didn’t go to anywhere more dangerous like the royal wing.
“A closed-up room?” Logan said. He could see a bit of curiosity already building in his eyes.
“Yeah,” Virgil said. “Where the door used to be seemed like it had been bricked over.”
“Really? Can you show me.”
“Sure,” Virgil answered.
“Ah, perhaps we should be a bit more cautious about climbing through random tunnels we don’t know the stability of,” Patton’s mom said.
Logan’s frown edged on a pout.
“Talk to your father,” she said. “I’m sure he can get someone who understands these things so you can safely investigate.”
“It was safe enough for Virgil,” Logan pointed out.
“No, Logan.”
He sighed but seemed to concede. That was another strange thing about living here. By all rights Logan didn’t have to obey anyone except the king, but he often listened to those around him, not just the adults but Patton as well. It was interesting though it sometimes made the hierarchy hard to figure out. Virgil did sometimes stress out about the hypothetical situation where he got conflicting orders from two people, and he wouldn’t know which one to obey. So far it hadn’t been a problem luckily. They always seemed to work it out amongst themselves in some give and take social interaction that was a bit too complex for him to understand.
Patton walked over to where Virgil was sitting. “I’m glad your safe,” he said. “We should probably put a time limit on hide and seek in the future, so you know when to come out.”
“Did I win?” Virgil asked. He’d honestly forgotten they’d been playing a game until Patton’s mom had asked how he’d found his way into the cellar.
Patton laughed. “I’d say so, yeah,” he replied. He leaned over to kiss Virgil’s forehead, but drew back immediately with a pinched expression. “You are… very dirty,” he said, rubbing his mouth.
Virgil nodded. “Your mom made me sit on a tablecloth,” he said gesturing to the fabric she’d laid over the chair.
Patton snorted out a laugh. “We’ll get you into the bath when you’re done eating and you can tell us all about your little adventure.”
“I would also like to hear about your discoveries,” Logan said. “Though you are not allowed to sit on the bed until you do not have spider webs in your hair.”
Patton’s eyes widened and he jumped away from Virgil, startling both Virgil and Marisol. The latter hopped from the table onto Virgil’s lap. “Spiders?!”
Virgil tilted his head at him in confusion.
“He isn’t a fan of spiders,” Logan informed him, his voice amused at Patton’s reaction.
Apparently deciding that she was no longer startled, but more confused by the noises Patton had just made, Marisol jumped out of Virgil’s lap to investigate, wrapping her way around Patton’s legs. He bent down to pat her back, though he still looked a bit startled.
“Your cat, huh?” Patton’s mom asked Logan once again. Virgil studied her. She had apparently missed Logan mentioning that he allowed Virgil on the bed. Or perhaps Logan was correct in his insistence that it wasn’t actually that big of a deal here. Virgil would rather not test that assumption, however, so was glad that it had been distracted from by Patton’s outburst.
“Creepy, crawly death dealers,” Patton mumbled into Marisol’s fur, having picked her back up. Virgil made a note to not inform Patton of all of the different types of spiders he’d seen skittering around in the castle walls today. Maybe he’d talk about them with Logan once Patton left. He’d probably be interested. Virgil had seen some he’d never seen before! Logan probably could even help him figure out what their names were. “You’ll protect me, won’t you kitty?” Patton asked Marisol.
She made a little ‘burrrr’ sound in response, which Patton seemed to take a confirmation.
“Aw thank you, baby! Such a good baby.”
50234
Virgil popped the rest of the sandwich into his mouth. Patton’s mom turned away and grabbed a plate stacked with cookies. She handed it to Logan. “Take these, and please get the health hazards out of my kitchen,” she requested.
Logan took them without complaint. “Come on, Virgil,” he said. “Let’s go get you clean.”
“We’re going to need so much soap,” Patton said.
Virgil looked down at himself. “I can go outside and get most of it off if you get me a bucket of water,” he offered.
“Virgil, it’s below freezing,” Logan said as though that had a baring on what he’d just said. Logan sighed. “No. Bathtub.” Virgil shrugged. “Honestly,” Logan said. He turned with the plate of cookies in his hand, clearly expecting to be followed. “You’re not going to catch your death pouring a bucket of water over yourself in the cold when there are literally over a hundred perfectly good bathtubs in this castle. For goodness sakes.” And well, Virgil wasn’t going to complain.
Chapter 34
Patton, to be completely honest, was not all that interested in the room that Virgil had found. Beyond just the fact that it would definitely have creepy crawly death dealers in it, he really did not understand the intrigue. If it had just been him, he probably would have just let a castle worker deal with it, but it was not just him. Logan was ecstatic with the prospect of investigating a secret in the castle. People who didn’t know him well may not believe it considering he spent most of his time with his nose in a book, but he was an adventurer at heart.
Thomas had been easily swayed into finding someone to help tear down part of the wall into the secret tunnel near the room (so no one would have to crawl through the kitchen cellar like Virgil). It had taken a few days, however, and Logan was practically bouncing off the walls waiting. Virgil, despite having already seen the room before, also seemed excited, though if that was because of his own curiosity or because he was just excited that Logan seemed so exited remained to be seen.
“They are silly, aren’t they,” Patton asked Princess Marisol. He was laying on his stomach on Logan’s bed and Princess Marisol had just put her little paw on his nose.
“Yes, I agree,” he said. “Don’t they know that we’re literally going to be 2 feet away from the normal hallway?”
“It is not silly,” Logan defended himself. “Any number of things could go wrong.” He sounded far too excited about the prospect of something going terribly wrong. “The tunnels could cave in and block off the exit or there could be some unknown pathogen in the air.”
Patton did not ruin his fun by mentioning that Logan’s dad had definitely basically baby proofed the tunnels for them ahead of time. Instead, he just said, “Don’t let Virgil hear you say that sort of thing. It will just stress him out.”
“Yes, yes, of course,” he said, waving off Patton’s concerns as he mulled over two different weird green planty things (potion ingredients, Patton assumed) before setting one aside and sticking the other in his bag.
“So silly,” Patton cooed at the cat. Logan let out a huff but did not choose to say anything about it this time.
Speaking of silly, Virgil came back from Logan’s bathroom then, and Patton tried not to giggle. “Is this right?” Virgil asked, sounding and looking confused. Logan, in his overexcitement about adventure had commissioned Virgil an outfit that actually fit. Said outfit, however, very much made it look more like Virgil was going on a safari instead of a two-foot detour from the normal castle hallway.
“Almost,” Logan said, “Here, let me.” Logan started straightening everything out and flattening the collar, reminding Patton of an overbearing parent on picture day. Virgil accepted the fussing without protest. It was adorable. Well, the outfit was ridiculous, but still, adorable. “There,” Logan said. “I think we’re ready to go now.”
It was about time. Patton was sure people were already waiting for them downstairs. Patton got up and patted Princess Marisol on the head. She looked up at them with interest.
“You can stay here, sweetie,” Patton told here. She seemed to consider it and then hopped down from the bed to go rub up against Virgil.
Patton guessed she was coming. It didn’t matter too much since Logan had given her a magical collar that allowed her to open most doors in the castle and everyone knew she was the royal cat now, so if she decided she wanted to come back to the room and nap, she could. (She was very aware of the power she held.)
She pranced happily by Virgil’s side all the way down the steps to the first floor of the castle. She was such a good kitty.
Well, she did hiss angrily at everyone who came too close to them, but still, a very good kitty.
Patton did lean down and pick her up so they could actually talk to the man waiting for them at the large hole in the wall. Logan went to talk to the castle worker while Virgil half hid behind Patton. He was clearly listening very intently to the conversation however, at least more intently than Patton was. Patton was busy shaking his head fondly.
“Yes, yes, Princess,” he said to the cat. “I know we do not trust the strangers, but I promise this stranger is perfectly safe.”
“How do you know?” Virgil asked.
“His name is Chester and I’ve known him since I was 9.”
This seemed to slightly alleviate Virgil’s suspicion, but Princess Marisol still seemed antsy. Patton really needed to start slowly introducing the both of them to more people.
Logan finished talking with Chester after a few moments and it was time to climb through the hole in the wall. He wished he saw in the tunnel whatever Logan with his excited eyes and bounce to his step obviously saw. Or even that was more comfortable in the dark closed in space as Virgil obviously was. As it was, Patton’s nose scrunched up at the thought off all of the spiders that could be living everywhere in the secret tunnel, but he pushed through.
The entrance to the tunnel had been made only a little bit from the room Virgil had mentioned and Chester had led them through it after only a couple of seconds. As Patton had suspected, the room was already lit up and probably cleaned a little bit by the people who had cut into the wall, not that he was complaining.
Virgil was still clinging a bit to Patton’s shirt, though it seemed to be less out of anxiety at this point and more out of a desire to stick close. He was peering around curiously at the lit-up space. He probably hadn’t seen much of it in the dark when he’d been here before.
Yet, his curiosity was nothing compared to how excited Logan seemed to be. Now Patton may have not been interested in the room itself, but he was entertained by how interested Logan was and was happy to encourage that.
“What do you think this place is?” he asked Logan.
Logan hummed contemplatively, eyes looking around. “Well,” he said. “It’s a bedroom clearly, and old. Considering the location it is in in the castle, the size, the decorations, and it’s likely age, I’d imagine it was a bedroom of a royal family member. This used to be the royal wing three royal lines ago.”
“Bearing that in mind, there are a couple of likely possibilities for the origin of the room as well as the reason it was sealed up, but we will need to investigate more in order to come to an actual conclusion.” He had already placed the bag he’d brought on the ground and was going through it, pulling out things that Patton did not recognize. He also got a piece of paper and sat on the floor to start to sketch.
“What are you doing?” Virgil asked.
“I’m sketching the floorplan of the room,” Logan said. “I will then put a grid on it so we can investigate while being sure that we aren’t missing anything.”
Virgil seemed uninterested in this part of the adventure, instead electing to go poking around by himself. Princess Marisol squirmed out of Patton’s arms to go follow him. Patton swore that he only looked away from those two for 5 seconds, but the next thing he knew he heard metal clicking against metal.
“Oh,” Patton said, eyes wide when he saw what Virgil was fiddling with. “Honey, you probably shouldn’t touch…”
The old but fancy looking chest that had been at the end of the remains of the bed creaked open. Virgil sneezed as a cloud of dust puffed out of it. “Huh,” he said studying the contents. “There’s a skull in here.”
“Oh, I don’t like this adventure anymore,” Patton commented.
Logan was on his feet within moments. “Let me see,” he said eagerly.
“What if it’s cursed?” Patton pointed out.
“Then I’ll just break the curse,” Logan waved him off. “Oh, it’s just a horse skull,” Logan said, sounding disappointed. “And also what seemed to be potion ingredients. Though they seem very fresh considering the state of the room.”
“Maybe we should get someone else to…”
Logan already had both arms inside the chest and was pulling things out of it. “This chest must have some sort of stasis effect to it.”
He started pulling things out to look at them before setting them on the floor with no caution. “Well,” he said, “that answers the question of what this room is.”
“It does?” Patton asked.
“Ah, yes, between the horse skull and the potion ingredients, this is obviously the bedroom of Princess Marianne Elicia. She was the third child of King Simon IV and was quite the fan of horses.”
“…So she kept a horse skull in a stasis chest in her bedroom?” Patton asked.
“Of course,” Logan said. “Back when her family was in power, magic was outlawed and had quite the stigma against it, but she ended up learning magic and become quite proficient.”
“It’s debated what exactly happened when her father found out about her activities. Some sources say that she was executed silently by her father, but others say she managed to escape with the head of the stables but not before putting a curse on the country of Prijaznia. That is until she or one of her bloodline sits on the throne, every royal line will end in madness and blood by the 5th seated monarch before an heir is born.”
“Isn’t that something you should be worried about?” Virgil asked.
Logan shrugged. “It’s just a myth,” he said. “Besides I’m 6th in the line, so there really isn’t any concern.”
52142
“There are a lot of interesting things in here,” Logan said, still focused on the chest. “Not to mention the books. We’ll have to be careful with those though since they don’t appear to be in stasis.”
Logan pulled the horse skull out and set it on the floor making Patton wince.
“Marisol no!” he said as Princess Marisol immediately went to go sniff at it. He swooped her up in his arms. “How long are we staying in this creepy room?” Patton asked.
“Patton, we just got here,” Logan said.
“We just got here and already found a skull!”
“Yes! Exactly!”
Patton groaned into Princess Marisol’s fur even as she tried wiggle away to go back and investigate the skull. This was going to be a long day.
Chapter 35
Logan was surprised when he woke up alone in bed. He’d grown to anticipate waking to a smaller body unrelentingly clinging to his in the past couple of weeks. Confused he sat up and peered around his bedroom. He wouldn’t have seen Virgil with the way he melted into the darkness if it he hadn’t heard the sound of purring coming from near the window. He could just barely make out a dark blob shifting up and down at the cat kneaded at a different blob sitting mostly hidden behind the thick curtain.
“Virgil?” Logan questioned. “What are you doing?”
“It’s snowing,” was the answer.
“That is not an answer,” Logan grumbled at the ceiling. With a sigh, he pulled himself out of bed. It was a bit chilly in here, he thought. The temperature must have dipped suddenly and intensely enough that the runes keeping the castle at a warm enough temperature hadn’t caught up yet. He pulled one of the blankets off of the top of his bed to wrap around his shoulders as he approached the window. There wasn’t much light outside, the stars and moon covered by clouds, but there were some lanterns lit for the night guard who patrolled the outside. “Oh,” he said in surprise. “It’s really snowing.”
It had been colder but not quite cold enough for snow to stick the day before, so it came as a surprise when he saw snow was piling up quite high to the point where familiar paths outside his window had disappeared.
“I don’t like it,” Virgil informed him.
“Why not?” Logan asked.
“It’s cold,” Virgil answered. It was clear in his tone that in Virgil’s opinion ‘cold’ was a horrible insult to the concept of snow. Logan quirked a half smile and his attention was drawn to the fact that it was quite cold right here close to the window.
Frowning, he pulled at the blanket around his shoulder so he could wrap it and his arm around the lump that was Virgil. He brushed the boy’s hand when he did so and found it was like ice.
“You’re freezing!” Logan said. “How long have you been by the window?”
“I dunno,” he replied.
Logan was already tugging at him. “You need to get back in bed,” he said.
Virgil obeyed the pulling at his arms even as he frowned. “I’ve been colder than this before,” he said.
“That actually doesn’t make me feel better,” Logan replied dryly as he shooed him towards the bed.
He took the thicker blanket that usually stayed folded at the end of the bed and pulled it up over Virgil before climbing into bed beside him.
“There,” Logan said, rubbing Virgil’s arms through the fabric of the sweater he wore to bed. He was glad he wasn’t wearing a t-shirt at least. “The runes for heating the castle should catch up within a few hours, but until then this should do. Assuming we don’t sit by the freezing window for an undetermined amount of time.”
“I don’t like the cold,” Virgil told him.
Logan sighed. “Then why did you sit by the window?”
Virgil shrugged and ducked his head a bit. Logan reached out to grab his hands to help him warm more but was surprised when one of the hands was much warmer than the other. He found his fingers were clutching a crescent shaped stone: the protection charm they’d made. Logan knew that he kept it in his pocket most of the time, but he didn’t normally see him holding it like this. It was warm to the touch, of course, indicating the safety of the room around them.
Logan looked over his face. “Are you…” he said. “Scared of the snow?”
“I don’t like the cold,” he said once again.
“You’re scared of the winter,” Logan concluded. He looked at Virgil who was far too small for his age and seemed surprised at every casual act of kindness. It was clear that his basic needs were far from being met before he came here. Logan had to wonder what winter usually meant for him. His experiences were doubtlessly very different from Logan’s own. “That makes sense,” he acknowledged, “but you don’t need to be scared of it here. The castle is always perfectly warm and safe in the winter and Mr. Deknis and Ms. Heart work hard during the other seasons to make sure we have plenty of food. There is nothing to fear here.”
He did not seem convinced.
“You don’t even have to go outside if you don’t want to,” Logan promised. “The castle is plenty big if you’d like to stay inside all winter long. It was made for the winter even without the magic devices that keep it warm. We have fireplaces and well insulated rooms even if those that ends up failing.” Logan pulled open the hand that had the protection charm just to transfer it to his other hand to warm it. “Though, while no one would force you to go outside, the snow isn’t always bad.”
“Yes it is,” Virgil said, his voice sure.
“Not all the time,” Logan insisted. “Some people love the snow.”
“They’re stupid.”
Logan laughed. “It can be fun for a while with the right equipment if you have someplace to get warm again afterwards. Royal duties slow down during the winter and Patton tends to come up with all sorts of games for both the inside and the outside to pass the time. He’s particularly proficient at snowball fights, at least against me.”
“What’s that?” he asked.
“Play fighting,” Logan answered. “Like pillow fights, but snow.”
“I’ll stick with the pillows,” he replied.
“And then there’s a hill to sled down on the western side of the castle, and people like to build snowmen along the path.”
“What are snowmen?” Virgil asked.
They’re temporary statues made out of packed snow,” Logan explained. “Typically, they’re made of three different sized balls of snow: the largest being the base and the smallest the ‘head’ though there are some variations. After building them one typically decorates them with different articles of clothing and objects found lying around. It’s usually sticks and rocks for the face and then things like extra hats and scarfs for decoration.” He smiled softly. “When my Pa was alive, we used to steal my Dad’s crown and fanciest robes. Sometimes Pa would steal it right off of Dad’s head and we’d run away. We’d find a secluded area of the castle yards and build the biggest snowman we could as quickly as we could before we got caught. He’d usually end up letting us keep the robes, but we’d have to give the crown back since some of the metals in it would rust when wet.”
“That sounds…” Virgil’s nose twitched. “fun if you take away the touching snow part.”
Logan laughed. “It is fun,” he said. “Even with the touching snow part. Though, I admit that some of the ability for it to be entertaining does come from the fact that we could warm up afterwards with ease. You’ll enjoy Patton’s mother’s constant offering of hot chocolate during the season even if you never go outside, I’m sure.”
“Hot chocolate?” Virgil asked intrigued. His dark eyes shone brightly in the little light coming through the window. It was clear he could guess something about the drink just by the name and enjoyed the implications.
Logan smiled fondly. “It is a hot drink,” he explained. “It’s a warm drink made out of milk and chocolate. I can get you some to try in the morning.”
Virgil nodded, eyes still wide with interest.
“For now, we should sleep though,” Logan said. “Are you warm enough? I can get more blankets.”
“I’m fine,” he said.
“Good,” Logan said, reaching up and adjusting the blanket over them once more, tucking it around Virgil a little bit for good measure. “Goodnight Virgil,” he said.
“Goodnight,” he replied softly. Logan reached under the blankets to grab the hand that was still slightly chilly from the window between his own. Virgil’s eyes slipped closed after a moment as he nuzzle his face into the pillow. At some point they both drifted off to sleep.
Chapter 36
Thomas had already been well aware that winter was on the way, but he and the rest of the castle occupants had been surprised at how intensely and suddenly it had come on. Most things were ready for the winter, but not all of them had been initiated. The fireplaces that took some pressure off the castle heating runes were cleaned out and ready, but they hadn’t been started yet. The stables for different animals on the grounds had been checked over and staff assignments had been made, but most were still in far out fields. Staff that went home for the winter months had been dismissed, but there were a few stragglers that would have to be helped home before things got worse.
He’d gone out to the main stable to talk to the three workers that were the heads of different areas of animal husbandry to make sure a plan to get everything to where it needed to be soon was in place. It took a while to figure out considering that they’d expected a little more time before the first major snowfall. Thomas also asked them to make sure all of the workers’ homes were in good enough condition for the weather. Ranch hands typically had homes on castle grounds but not in the castle themselves since they needed to be close to the animals. Thomas knew at least half a dozen of those who spent most of their times out in the fields were the type to forgot to maintain their homes because they preferred camping amongst the animals in the summer months and then would be in for a bad time when snow began to fall.
There should be enough extra rooms in the castle if they needed a place to stay until repairs could be done.
Those conversations took a good couple of hours, before Thomas was satisfied. Before trudging back to the castle through the still falling snow, he made a point to stop at one specific horse stall in the main stable. The horse turned his head to see Thomas when he stopped in front of his stall and puffed out a rather disaffected snort before sticking his head over the gate so Thomas could pat his nose. “Hello, Mr. Apples,” Thomas said.
The horse seemed to conclude he’d tolerated Thomas’s petting enough and ducked his head to nudge at his torso. Thomas rolled his eyes. “Yes, yes,” he said. “I brought you an apple. Some things never change.” He reached into his pocket to grab the red apple he’d brought the white Arabian. “At least you don’t bite me anymore.” He paused, apple slice in hand and eyed the horse’s nose suspiciously. “Do not bite me,” he said even though he hadn’t felt the animal’s teeth in a decade. It would be just like Mr. Apples to wait until his guard was down.
After a bit of scrutiny, he offered an apple slice. It was snatched out of his hand and there was a loud crunch as it was bit into.
“It’s snowing out,” he told the horse. The horse seemed to roll his eyes at the statement of the obvious. “I’ll remind again that if you run out in a snowstorm, I’m not running after you, so you’d be out of luck.”
Mr. Apples snorted.
“You’re old now. You’d probably not survive long enough for people to find you. Besides, you blend in with that white fur of yours. They’d probably walk right past you a few times.”
54258
He went back to nosing for treats as soon as he finished his first and Thomas sighed, pulling out another apple slice. “What are they not feeding you enough?” The gusto with which the horse snatched the apple slice was a very clear answer. “Well, we both know that’s not true.” Thomas fed the horse a third slice of apple when he was done with his second. “I have to get back to the castle now. Don’t be a devil horse.”
Mr. Apples threw his head a bit, splattering apple smelling foamy spittle all over Thomas’s front.
“Understood. Have a nice afternoon.”
18 notes
·
View notes
Text
girl talk
GENERAL WOMANHOOD:
1. Do you like the color pink? Yeah, various shades of it.
2. How easily do you cry? I’m a crybaby.
3. What food do you eat the most of when you’re sad? Lately I’ve been eating a lot of Wingstop. That’s been my thing. I also like my bowl of ramen every night.
4. How often do you experience boob sweat? That has literally never happened to me as I have small boobs. <<< lol same.
5. What time of month is your time? I don’t have that anymore.
6. How moody are you when you are on your period? I got really bad PMS/PMDD and was extra sensitive and moody. I’m like that all the time now even without that.
7. Have you ever thought you were pregnant because your period was late? Nope. That was never a possibility. 8. Have you ever been on the pill? No. 9. Have you ever thought about having children someday? What is your current opinion? I don’t want to have kids. 10. Have you ever given birth? If not, would you ever want to? No. 11. How much do you like decorating for holidays? Christmas is the only one I really decorate for anymore and I go all out. 12. How good of a cook do you consider yourself? I can’t cook at all besides ramen. 13. What is your favorite thing to cook? ^^^ 14. Do you prefer cooking, baking, or both equally? I like making ramen. lol. That’s literally all I cook if you even want to count that cause it’s so easy. Besides that, anything I else I make is oven or microwavable. or a sandwich. 15. Can you sew? Nope. 16. How feminine do you consider yourself? How do you determine that? I mean, if it means makeup and dresses, then not very cause I haven’t worn makeup in over a year and it’s been a few years since I’ve worn a dress. I’m all about comfy casual. That doesn’t make me masculine, though. I’m curious what you think makes someone feminine or not. 17. Have you ever been told that you are too girly or feminine? No. 18. Do you consider yourself a feminist? I mean, I care about women’s rights and believe we should have equal opportunities and such as men and all that. 19. How do you define “girl power”? Uhh, I don’t know. A strong, confident woman. 20. How much of a neat freak are you? I used to be more of a neat freak, but I don’t have the energy or motivation anymore. My room isn’t a disaster, but it’s messier than I ever used to let it get. It’s just cluttered. I need to go through and get rid stuff, but blah. 21. How you ever wished you were born a male? No. 22. Breastfeeding or formula? Mothers should do what they feel is best and works for them and the baby. 23. What is your opinion of equal pay? I think payment should be individual but obviously not based on sex. <<< Yeah, like everyone can’t be paid the exact same. There’s other factors. But people doing the same job and putting in the same work should be paid the same. 24. What is one profession you think needs more women? I don’t care, I think everyone should just do what they’re interested in. <<< 25. Are you pro-life or pro-choice? 26. Have you ever experienced any sexism? If so, please explain. Not that I can think of. 27. Have you ever been called a blabbermouth or a chatterbox? I have my chatty moods now and then.
28. What is one thing about women you think most men don’t know? I don’t know. 29. Is there anything you dislike about being a woman? Menstrual cycles sucked, but I don’t have those anymore. 30. Complete this phrase: I’m so glad I am a woman because ______. I just am.
LIFE EXPERIENCES:
31. Did you ever play with Barbie dolls as a child? Yes. I was obsessed with Barbies, I played for hoursss.
32. Have you ever dotted lowercase Js and Is with hearts or smiley faces? Yeah, when I was younger I did sometimes.
33. Have you ever been a Girl Scout? Yes.
34. Have you ever been a ballerina? No.
35. Have you ever been a cheerleader? No.
36. Were you ever voted as homecoming or prom queen? Nope.
37. Have you ever hosted a sleepover? Yeah, with my cousins all the time as kids.
38. Do you belong to a sorority? Nope.
39. Have you ever kept a diary or a journal? Yeah. I had a physical one in middle school up to my sophomore year in high school and then I moved on to online journals. This is my journal now.
40. At what age did you get your first period? 13.
PHYSICAL APPEARANCE:
41. What is the longest your hair has ever been? Would you ever grow it that long again? Down to my butt, which is how long it was until I cut a couple inches off recently. It was like that when I was a kid, too. Perhaps even a little longer.
42. Have you had a hairstyle above the eyebrows? Uhh, do you mean bangs? If so, yes. I had them until college and then I did the side swept thing for awhile.
43. What hairstyle do you wear the most? Pony tail, bun, or braid.
44. Have you ever died your hair? If so, how often? Countless times now. I first got highlights in middle school and did that for awhile before dyeing it black my sophomore year. I then went back to highlights until dyeing it red in 2015. I’ve been doing that ever since.
45. What is the heaviest you remember ever weighing? I think 90lbs.
46. How muscular are you? I’m not anymore. :/ I used to have toned arms, but I lost my muscle mass over these past few years due to health stuff and just not being active like I used to be.
47. Do you have any piercings anywhere besides your earlobes? Nope.
48. Do you have any tattoos? If you, where are they and what are they of? Nope.
49. Do you like wearing lipstick or lip gloss? If so, how often do you wear them? I haven’t in a long time.
50. How often do you paint your nails? It’s been a few years since the last time I painted them.
51. Have you ever worn any fake nails? Once. I got them done for my 8th grade promotion.
52. Have you ever worn fake eyelashes? Yeah.
53. How often do you shave or wax your legs? I don’t have to shave my legs often. It’s never been an issue, like hair doesn’t really grow there.
54. How white are your teeth? I could use a Crest white strip or something.
55. Have you ever been told that you look like a certain celebrity? No.
56. How much do you look like your mother? I have a lot of her features, but a lot of my dad’s, too.
57. How much do you look like your father? ^^^^
58. What do you think is your best physical feature? I like dyeing my hair red.
59. What do you think is your worst physical feature? Everything.
60. How good are you at communicating through facial expressions? I think my facial expressions give it away. It’s obvious when I’m annoyed or in discomfort.
FASHION STYLE: 61. What type of clothing do you own the most of? Leggings and graphic tees. 62. How big is your closet? Not big at all. 63. Have you ever looked through your closet and though “I have nothing to wear”? Ha, yeah. 64. What is your favorite fashion brand? The only brand I really care about and have a lot of is Adidas. 65. Do you wear skirts and dresses at all? If so, how often? I haven’t in years. 66. What is your dress size? Small. 67. What is the shortest length of skirts and dresses you are comfortable wearing? I like the length to go to my knees and I wear pantyhose/tights underneath. I’m very self-conscious about my legs. 68. How expensive was your prom dress? I think it was like $80. 69. What is the most expensive piece of clothing you currently own? My Adidas clothes. 70. Do you wear high heels or stilettos at all? If so, how often? No. 71. Have you ever worn high heels casually? Nope. 72. How often do you take an OOTD (outfit of the day) selfie? I only take a picture if I really like the shirt I’m wearing. 73. Have you ever worn the exact same outfit from head to toe more than once? Yeah, while at home. 74. How often do you wear a bra when out in public? I wear one whenever I go somewhere. 75. How often do you wear a bra when bumming it at home? I don’t. 76. When you get home from work, how soon does your bra typically come off? I don’t work, but when I get home from wherever I’ll likely just wait until bedtime. 77. Have you ever carried a spare bra with you in your purse? Nope. 78. Which are you more likely to go without: A bra or panties? Bra. 79. Does it matter to you if your bra and panties match or not? Nah. 80. What type of underwear do you typically wear? Hipster/hip huggers whatever you wanna call ‘em. 81. How much of your underwear is white? I don’t have any plain white pairs. 82. Have you ever carried a spare pair of underwear with you in your purse? No. 83. Do you like eyeshadow? I used to wear it sometimes back when I wore makeup regularly. 84. Do you like mascara? That’s a must when I wear makeup. 85. How much makeup do you typically wear? I haven’t worn any in over a year. 86. Have you every gone out in public without any makeup on? I do all the time. A few years ago I never would have done that. 87. How much jewelry do you typically wear? I was wearing earrings I got for Christmas for awhile, but I took them out a couple weeks ago cause my ears were irritated. 88. Is there any kind of jewelry you pretty much always wear? Just those earrings for awhile. Before that, it had been a few years. I used to have 3 rings I wore literally 24/7 for a long time until one day I took them off for some reason and never put them back on. 89. Do you carry a purse at all? I’ve been using a mini backpack. 90. Do you like tube and halter tops? No. 91. Do you like crop tops? No. 92. Are you comfortable showing off a little cleavage? This girl does not have cleavage lol. <<< 93. One-piece swimsuits or bikinis? I don’t do swim suits. 94. Does it matter to you if your bikini top matches the bottom? I don’t wear them, but if I did yeah I would want them to match.
WEDDING CRAZE:
95. Have you ever been a bridesmaid? If so, how often? Nope.
96. Do you have any desires to get married? No.
97. For how long have you thought about your wedding? It’s not something I put much thought into at all. I’m not the type of person who has dreamt of their wedding day since they were a kid or anything. I honestly don’t see myself ever getting married.
98. How much of your wedding do you have planned out already?
99. Would you rather have a big or a small wedding?
100. Would you rather have a lot of bridesmaids or just a couple?
101. Would you rather have an indoor or an outdoor wedding? Does the same go for the reception?
DATING & RELATIONSHIPS:
102. What is your current relationship status? Single.
103. What is the longest relationship you’ve ever had? 3 years if you count the Joseph situation.
104. Do you consider yourself a hopeless romantic at all? No. I think I’ve just been hardened by life ha.
105. Are you a virgin? If not, which gender did you lose your virginity to? Yes.
106. What personality trait are you most attracted to? Just nice, caring, genuine, patient, understanding guys with a sense of humor.
107. Have you ever been on a blind date? No. I have no interest in that.
108. Has anyone you know ever tried to set you up on a date? I had a friend who always wanted to do that.
109. Do you use any dating apps? If so, have they ever worked out for you? Nope.
110. Do you kiss on the first date? If it felt right.
111. How often do guys hit on you? It’s been years since that has happened and even when it did, it wasn’t often.
112. Have women ever hit on you? A friend I had always got flirty when she was drunk.
114. Have you ever kissed another woman while sober? If so, did you like it? No. I’ve done that while drunk either.
115. Have you ever dated another woman? No.
116. After how long of dating do you typically consider a relationship to be serious? There’s more factors than that.
117. Would you rather your lover give you chocolate, flowers, both, or something else? Something else, honestly. Like coffee.
118. Are you friends with any of your exes? Not anymore.
119. Is sex before marriage wrong? That’s a personal choice. Do what feels right to you.
ENTERTAINMENT: 120. What celebrity do you most admire and why? There aren’t any I admire specifically, I just like keeping up with the celebrity gossip and entertainment. It’s entertaining and a distraction from my own life. 121. Do you like romantic comedies? Do you have any favorites? I’m a sucker for romantic comedies. 122. Do you have a favorite romantic movie? I have several. 123. Who is your favorite Disney princess? Ariel.
124. What is your favorite Disney song? “In a World of My Own” from Alice in Wonderland, “Part of Your World” from Little Mermaid, “You’ve Got a Friend in Me” from Toy Story, “Hakuna Matata” from Lion King, “Bare Necessities” from The Jungle Book, “Winnie the Pooh” from Winnie the Pooh... that’s just to name a few, there’s several others. Disney songs are catchy. 125. Do you watch The Bachelor or The Bachelorette? Nah, I never got into that. I can’t believe they’re on their 16th season now. 126. Have you ever watched Sex & The City? I’ve seen parts of it here and there. I never got into it. 127. Have you ever watched any shows such as Project Runway or America’s Next Top Model? I used to watch America’s Next Top Model. Even the last 2 recent seasons. I’d watch it again if they brought it back. 128. Do you like watching any beauty pageants such as Miss America? No. 129. Do you like watching the red carpet arrivals before award ceremonies? Not usually. Sometimes I will. 130. Beyonce or Taylor Swift? Beyonce. 131. Oprah Winfrey or Ellen DeGeneres? I like both.
A PILE OF RANDOMNESS: 132. Are you named after anyone? Nope. 133. How many male friends do you have? I don’t have any friends. 134. Have you ever been considered the mother of your group of friends? Yes. 135. Have you ever called your friend friends your ‘girlfriends’? No. 136. Have you ever called a non-lover a term such as honey, babe, dear, or darling? Jokingly, yeah. 137. How many items do you own that are of a floral print design? I think I only have a few. 138. Have you ever scoffed at something because you thought it wasn’t feminine enough? No? 139. How healthy do you eat? I don’t. 140. What is your preferred way to carry a purse: Clutched in your hand, on your elbow, or on your shoulder? On my shoulder. 141. Besides you phone, money, wallet, and keys, name five things you always have with you in your purse. Hand sanitizer, mini hair brush, chapstick, medicine, and maybe a water bottle.
142. Have you ever lost anything inside your purse? It seemed that way a lot in my bigger purses. I always had to dig around for everything. 143. Have you ever used your bra or your cleavage as a purse or a pocket? No. 144. Do you consider shopping a sport No lol. Especially not when you do it from home in bed like I do. There’s nothing active about that, ha. 145. Do you shop more in physical walk-in stores or online? Online. 146. What is the most amount of money you remember ever spending in one single shopping trip? The most was when I got my first MacBook. 147. How often do you have a girls’ night out? I don’t anymore. I used to sometimes when I had friends and social life.
148. Do you prefer coffee or tea? Coffee, always. 149. How polite do you consider yourself? I think I’m pretty polite. 150. Can you do the splits? Nope. 151. Do you like doing any yoga? No. 152. Have you ever been told that you have cute handwriting? No. My handwriting is shit. 153. How well can you write in cursive? My cursive is awful. 154. Have you ever successfully been on a diet? No. 155. Do you currently or have you ever belonged to a book club? Well, I’ve done a few online Bible study groups. 156. Have you ever talked yourself out of a driving ticked by using your looks? I don’t drive so I’ve never been pulled over. That wouldn’t work, though. I’m ugly and I don’t have the personality or confidence either. 157. Have you ever drunk a non-alcoholic beverage from a wine glass? Yeah, like apple cider. Especially when I was a kid to be “cool” haha. 158. Do you prefer showers or baths? Showers. I haven’t taken a bath since I was a kid. 159. Have you ever snorted while laughing? Yeah. 160. How strict are you about manners? I think they’re important.
7 notes
·
View notes
Text
I’m really bored so here you guys go!
1. selfie
I never do selfies sorry not sorry. I don’t do them for a number of reasons. Some of the reasons I hope are kinda obvious. I have covered this before and it comes down to the fact that the relationship I am in can lead to trouble for my dad, my sisters, and myself.
2. what would you name your future kids?
I would love to keep the family tradition and either use Gaelic or old french names.
3. do you miss anyone?
Oh man I miss having alot of acquaintances. I was very popular in high-school for alot of reasons; most not too good. I miss my sorority sisters. As you get older you find out everyone grows up at different rates. I have friends that still party like they’re 21 and I have friends that just graduated and are married, 2nd child and are like mini-van mom life! I miss always having the option to choose whom I wanted to be like that day.
I miss my sisters sometimes. I have always seen myself as my sisters’ mom. They are on the other side of the country and they live together so I miss them. They are getting so close and I miss being part of the stories, the inside jokes etc... it’s sometimes a little hard to be left out. THEN, they come home and I end up being a driver, cook, maid, and I’m like okay it’s time for you to fly out...NOW!
4. what are you looking forward to?
I’m at a point in my life where i’m content. I’m looking forward to creating the house into a home. I like decorating it. I’m looking forward to getting the house covered in flowers. I’m looking forward to working out. I’m really looking forward to getting my body back.
5. is there anyone who can always make you smile?
Without a doubt it’s Catie! I love you missy.
6. is it hard for you to get over someone?
Interesting question and I guess I have a very interesting take on it. I loved my dad forever but there was a time during counseling where we were working on re-aligning the relationship to be more inline with a traditional father/daughter role so we were engaged in alot of behavior modification for me. It was really hard (and made me really depressed, and self destructive and failed) but or psych was still having me see my “crush” every day but I couldn’t do any of the things that my mom did and I was only supposed to do “age-appropriate” activities. But the thing was I loved my mom and I loved doing the things she did. So, life was just hard. Trying to pretend like feelings for someone don’t exist is a miserable experience.
7. what was your life like last year?
Life has been interesting, My dad and I are now living as a couple at the house so there were/are real growing pains associated with that. it’s no longer just his room and my room and we don’t have to sneak around the house. That stuff is amazing and I love that. I miss my sisters. I miss all my acquaintances. Catie’s husband got transferred out of Coronado and they are moving to the Virginia. My dad’s grandfather died. Still have no clue where my aunt is. This is the longest that has happened. My middle sister quit softball, my youngest sister is like a full woman and it’s scary.
8. have you ever cried because you were so annoyed?
I have cried for just about every reason under the sun.
9. who did you last see in person?
Dad as he left this morning
10. are you good at hiding your feelings?
I am not good at it at all. Mad, you’ll know, annoyed you’ll know. Sad, you will probably see drinking wine.
11. are you listening to music right now?
Nope, YouTube is on
12. what is something you want right now?
Honestly I feel like sex, anal and giving a blowjob
13. how do you feel right now?
Mildly horny and procrastinating writing up three proposals
14. when was the last time someone of the opposite sex hugged you?
This morning, I’m a lucky girl!
15. personality description
According to my plum profile I am a marvelous manager, chief communicator, and a decision maker.
16. have you ever wanted to tell someone something but you didn’t?
That’s why I have Tumblr. I can tell everyone and it’s really cathartic.
17. opinion on insecurities
We all have them. Own them but don’t let them run and ruin your life.
18. do you miss how thing were a year ago?
A little. Everything seemed just a little bit easier.
19. have you ever been to New York?
Oh my god yes I love it there!
20. what is your favorite song at the moment?
Memories by Maroon 5, Rebel Girl and Kiss and Tell by Angels and Airwaves
21. age and birthday? 23 now, July 31st,
22. description of crush.
Dad was about 6′4 225 he’s about 6′1″/2″ now I think he’s still around 230
23. fear(s)
I never talk about my fears.
24. height
I’m 5′9″
25. role model
It’s cheesy but my dad.
26. idol(s)
I don’t really have any
27. things i hate
I hate shitty people. I hate mean and manipulative people. There are nice to your face and shitty behind you. If you don’t like me just be honest. We can be polite we don’t have to be friends.
28. i’ll love you if…
I don’t like being cold so if you keep me warm that’s one way. I like shopping so if you like to go shopping with me that’s a good way. I love having good coffee and also tea.
29. favorite film(s)
Phantom of the Opera, Sleeping Beauty, Diamonds are a girls best friends, breakfast at Tiffany’s stuff like that.
30. favourite tv show(s)
West wing, how I met your mother, friends, sex and the city, the big bang theory, the office, scrubs.
31. 3 random facts
I was a triple jumper, I have so many bikini pieces I rarely ever wear matching parts, I suck at swimming and look like a dog swimming.
32. are your friends mainly girls or guys?
I have a ton of girl friends
33. something you want to learn
I want to learn programming
34. most embarrassing moment
The moment I hooked up with Catie’s crush in high-school and she was about to let everyone at the party know my “daddy issues” were alot more than that. yeah that sucked. But he was a giant dickhead so I guess it worked out.
35. favorite subject
Biology
36. 3 dreams you want to fulfill?
DREAMS... get married, have children, not be in a secret relationship
37. favorite actor/actress
Reese Witherspoon, and Audrey Hepburn
38. favorite comedian(s)
Ralphie May, Norm McDonald, Jimmy Fallon,
39. favorite sport(s)
Track and Field, Sailing, Rowing, Dressage, and Surfing I was only okay at Track and Field
40. favorite memory
My prom night
41. relationship status
Taken, and like noone knows,..Sad face
42. favorite book(s)
An honorable Profession, the Great Gatsby,
43. favorite song ever
Still gives me chills, Chi ll bel sogno di Doretta but you really have to be in the mood,
LA MUSICA NOTTURNA DELLE STRADE DI MADRID. No. 6, Op.30
Pachelbel - Canon in d
More popular stuff is mashups
44. age you get mistaken for
18-20 I have a baby face
45. how you found out about your idol
I just want to be the best me I can be. no Idols.
46. what my last text message says
To a coworker, “How’s it going?”
47. turn ons
Be nice and kind (especially to a poor/homeless)
Dapper not stylish but classic
Salt and pepper hair
In shape and clean!!!!
48. turn offs
Dirtiness, disheveld, rude, loud and crude.
49. where i want to be right now
I want to be in Manhattan looking out the window onto a city of snow, with dad
50. favorite picture of your idol
nope 51. starsign
I’m a zodiac but none of that means anything.
52. something i’m talented at
blowjobs! No really I love them. Also I’m great at meticulous lab work and business strategy.
53. 5 things that make me happy
1. 99% of the time Dad. 2. Being snooty and posh. I love the opera, symphony, I love getting dressed up, and the whole ritual of it all. 3. coffee and cold misty beach air while im in a warm sweater out by the pool looking at the ocean. 4. shopping, 5. recognized for good work at work.
54. something thats worrying me at the moment
family and I really need to let things go.
55. tumblr friends
Yep got them but I don’t know if they want me to out them here. So you guys get to stay hidden!
56. favorite food(s)
Braised lamb shank is good
57. favorite animal(s)
I love big wrinkly dogs that slobber (WILL NEVER GET THEM) I can’t imagine trying to keep a clean house with fur and slobber!
58. description of my best friend.
What more can I say about Catie, she knows everything and has been my rock since I was 11! She even planned prom for me which was why I am where I am really. I mean It helped get us here alot faster. She is my bestie.
59. why i joined tumblr
This iteration of tumblr has been to talk about what it’s like to be in a real relationship with my biological father NOT some cheesy porno or erotic story. I try to talk about the real relationship struggles we have. Answer questions etc... But I guess I am kinda boring because no one asks anymore.
60. ask me anything you want
6 notes
·
View notes
Text
Light of the Sun and Stars Chapter 27: Monster Mayhem
Summary: His whole life Marco Diaz has been raised by monsters, living under the cruel rule of their leader, Toffee. But one day Marco escapes into Mewni where he meets a magical princess and Mewman like himself, who begins teaching him all about her world. Together they will learn about life, love, and the lights within each of them, as they change their world forever.
Chapter Synopsis: Marco goes to visit Buff Frog and the other Monsters and decides to let Daisy and Violet tag along. Violet is overjoyed but Daisy is less than enthusiastic, still afraid of Marco’s Monster family. Can Marco and his family convince the little girl there is nothing to fear?
Check out my other stuff on Fanfiction!
Index
Disclaimer: Star vs and all its characters are owned by Daron Nefcy and Disney. All rights go to them.
Previous Chapter>>
Next Chapter>>
“Hold still, sweetie!” Lily commanded softly, struggling to put the backpack on her daughter's back, Violet jumping around so much it was becoming nearly impossible. But the young girl was too excited to listen, as she continued to squirm. She had waited her whole life for this day and it seemed the anticipation was proving too much for her to handle as her thoughts ran wildly out of control. Today was the day she was going to finally meet a real life Monster! “Violet if you don't behave I won't allow you to go with Marco and Star,” her mother reprimanded.
The girl instantly stilled, allowing her mother to finish, though she did comment impatiently, “Come on, mom! Hurry up, I want to get going!”
Lily ignored her daughter's whining voice, as she looked over to her other child, who sat on her bed, unmoving, hugging a pillow to her chest. “Daisy, you should hurry up and get ready, Star and Marco will be here soon,” she said patiently.
Daisy frowned, asking softly, “Do I have to go?”
Lily stood and walked over to her peach-haired daughter, cupping her cheek in her hand as she stared into her nervous eyes. “Daisy, Marco was nice enough to offer to take you with him while he's visiting his family today, don't you think it is only right to be grateful to him?”
Daisy nodded slowly, though the hesitancy was still hidden behind her eyes. She looked up at her mom again, saying worriedly, “But what if the Monster's try and eat me or-”
“Sweetie,” her mother interrupted her, her voice low and soothing. “Do you think I would let you go if I thought it was dangerous?” Daisy shook her head, squeezing her pillow tighter. “Do you think Marco or Star would take you if they thought there was even a chance you could get hurt?” The girl's lip quivered as she shook her head again. “Than don't you think that maybe you can trust us to know what is best for you?”
The girl didn't reply at first, her eyes just roaming around the room for a few seconds, before she answered, in a voice barely above a whisper, “Yeah, I guess.”
“Good girl,” Lily said, giving her daughter a quick peck on the forehead. “Now why don't you help me and Violet finish packing?”
The girl's face brightened some, as she took her mom's hand and stood up from the bed, helping stuff the rest of their supplies into her purple, flower print backpack. “Mom, can we take a few snooker's bars with us?” Violet asked, holding out a couple of the candy bars for her mom to see.
Her mother eyed them for a moment, thinking it over, before saying, “I'm not sure if allowing you two sugar on your trip is a good idea.”
“Aww, but mom-” Violet started to whine, when there was a knock at the door.
“Come in,” Lily said automatically and the door opened to reveal Star and Marco, with smiling faces, holding each others hands tight.
“Big brother!” Daisy screamed, running over to hug the boy. Even though she was still afraid, she couldn't help but feel joyful seeing her honorary brother. She threw her arms around him and he released Star's hand to hug her tightly back.
“Hey!” he greeted, equally cheerfully. “Are you two excited to meet my family?”
“Yeah!” Violet screamed, pumping a fist in the air, while Daisy visibly tensed but kept her mouth shut.
“Well, we better start heading out then,” Star said, her voice shaking some with the anticipation of the adventure that awaited them. She hadn't been out of the castle in days, save for the ordeal at Fang Tang's a few days ago, but the less said about that the better. She could really use a break from all the hard, mentally draining work she had been doing. And since her commission was finally set up and ready to have it's first meeting in less than a week, she figured now would be as good a time as any to get away from it all. And a trip with her boyfriend, cousins and the Monsters didn't sound like a bad thing at all. She just hoped she could maybe sneak some alone time with the boy, later on. The two hadn't even been able to watch the sunset like they usually did in weeks and she was starting to become starved for some extra attention from her bestie.
“Okay!” Violet screamed, not even bothering to wait, as she ran out of the room, shouting over her shoulder, “Bye mom, see you tonight!”
Lily sighed as she watched her daughter run out of the room, Star following after her to keep an eye on her. She then turned to the hooded teen, who was still being squeezed by her older daughter. “Thank you for offering to take them with you, Marco. I know those two can be a bit of a handful,” Lily thanked him warmly.
Marco shook his head replying, “Oh, it's no trouble. I love spending time with them and Star's coming with, so we shouldn't have any problem taking care of them.”
“Well still, I think it is very sweet of you to do this for them. I know Violet is excited.”
Marco looked down at Daisy, who still had him in a death grip, burying her head in Marco's hood. “What about you, Daisy? You seem upset.”
“Oh she's just a little nervous about meeting the Monsters is all,” Lily said honestly.
Marco frowned and looked down at the girl, saying reassuringly, “There's nothing to be worried about Daisy. My family is really nice. You'll like them, I promise!”
The girl didn't respond and the boy gave her a sad look. He didn't want her to be afraid, least of all of his family. Maybe once she got there and actually met them she would feel better and be more comfortable around them. But part of him considered leaving her here, not wanting to frighten her more than she already was. Lily seemed to be able to tell what the boy was thinking, as she walked closer holding the sealed backpack, telling him, “She'll be fine, Marco. She is going have to face this fear eventually. The world is changing and she needs to be able to face the Monsters, since I have a feeling that they're alliance with us will only grow stronger with time.”
“I hope so,” Marco admitted softly. It was wishful thinking, but one he would welcomingly believe.
Lily bent down and put the backpack over her daughter's shoulders, the girl turning when she was done and giving her mother a quick hug. She moved so her head was buried in her mother's shoulder, hiding her gaze from her mom's watchful eye, whispering quite enough that Marco couldn't hear, “Please don't make me go.”
Lily pulled out of the hug, giving her daughter a soft smile. She said nothing as she gently brushed the bangs out of her eyes. Her look told her that she was doing this for her own good, but it did nothing to still Daisy's fears any. She reluctantly took her big brother's hand and let herself be led out of her room.
…
“I'm telling you the flowers should go over there!” Beard Deer's loud yell echoed through the treetops and nearly caused the now completed Diaz home to rattle. He jabbing a finger in the desired direction, a spot of cleared ground on the side of the house waiting to be utilized to help bring life to the empty yard. But it seemed the Monsters were all having trouble agreeing on what the best course of action for that would be, none of them exactly expert exterior decorators, causing bitter feelings and arguments to break out often.
“Well if we put them there, where am I supposed to put the lawn gnomes?” Bearicorn argued back, holding up the the three eyed ceramic gnome to the angry second-in-command.
“Nowhere,” Beard Deer countered forcefully, the look in his eyes strong enough to make the flowers wilt. “Those things are creepy, you want to scare Marco every time he comes over!”
“But without them, then our garden won't be safe from demon bunnies!”
“You really believe that nonsense, that's just a dumb myth!” Beard Deer spat irritably.
“Oh yeah well tell that to my great-grandbear who got eaten by one of those things!” Bearicorn shouted, before he got a sad look on his face at the unhappy memory.
“Um, Beard Deer?” Spike Balls spoke up and the Monster in charge huffed, before whipping his head around to snap, “What?!”
The large Monster held out a cactus, which was held delicately in his oversized hands. “Where should I put this?”
The two Monsters eyes widened at the dangerous plant. “Where did you get that?” Bearicorn asked nervously.
“You asked me to buy one at one of the Earth vendors,” Spike Balls explained.
Beard Deer face-palmed. “I said carnations, you idiot, not cactus!”
“Oh,” Spike Balls said sheepishly.
“Great, what are we supposed to do with this?” Beard Deer growled in frustration. He swore these morons were going to make him lose his mind.
“Welllll at least we got the cornflower seeds like you asked,” one of the two-headed Monster's head cautiously uttered.
“Uhhh,” the other head interrupted, showing him the empty bag, a small rip in the bottom. Behind them, Big Chicken was pecking away at the scattered seeds like there was no tomorrow.
Beard Deer now looked ready to explode with anger, his teeth grating together painfully and the other Monsters took a wary step back, ready for him to snap. But just as his mouth opened to scream another biting comment, a claw landed on his shoulder and he turned to see Buff Frog with a calm and levelheaded look, Boo Fly perched on his shoulder. “Please, all of you, enough arguing. Marco be here soon and he bring guests,” he said and the others all got excited looks on their faces at that thought. Buff Frog had his own smile on his face, as he added, “Must be on best behavior and not fight in front of Marco.”
The others all nodded and quickly began to scatter to finish preparations for his arrival. They wanted the reveal of the finished house to be a momentous occasion for their young family member and needed everything to be perfect for when he got there. Buff Frog gave Beard Deer a pat on the shoulder before firmly stating, “I will oversee things from here.”
The deer Monster saluted, not daring to argue with his leader. From there, the amphibian oversaw all the last bit of finishing touches for his home, directing his Monsters where needed and getting things done in record time. Buff Frog was just admiring the finished work when a voice from above asked, “Uhh, boss where do you want this?” Spike Balls asked, still awkwardly holding the cactus in his giant, rounded hands.
“Marco bringing over kids, would be best to get rid of,” Buff Frog said and the Monster nodded, before throwing it with all of his strength, sending it flying over the treetops. The muscular frog watched it until it disappeared from sight, before turning back to the tall Monster. “Not what I meant.”
A second later, there was the familiar sound of a portal opening, all the Monsters turning to see a pair of scissors ripping a hole through reality. They all sucked in a breath, as Marco and Star walked out of it holding hands, along with two young girls. One had her hand linked with the hooded teen's free hand and was trying to hide behind him as they stepped through, nearly out of sight from the Monsters. The other just stood there slack-jawed, staring at them all with sparkling pupils.
After a few seconds of staring, she let out a high-pitched squeal that startled all of the Monsters, causing them to jump in surprise and worry, thinking something was wrong. “Oh my gosh, real Monsters!” she screamed in joy, her body shaking as she struggled to contain the level of excitement she was feeling. “Big brother! Star! Look there are Monsters, real Monsters here!” She held her arms out in gesture toward them and Star and Marco both shared a smile.
“Yes, Violet we know,” Star said, shooting her a grin.
She moved speedily closer to them, her mouth moving a mile a minute as she darted between each of the startled Monsters. “I have so many questions!” she continued, still at a near squeal. “What do you guys eat? Have you ever eaten Mewmans? Marco and mom said you don't but I want to make sure. Oh can you do dark magic, like raising the dead and stuff like that? Cause that would be really cool! Could you teach me how? I would love to bring my dead hamster back to life and scare Daisy with it.”
“Whoa, whoa, slow down small Mewman girl,” Buff Frog spoke up, stepping out from the crowd of Monsters and bending down so he was level with the child. “Can't answer questions if you talk too fast.”
“Sorry,” Violet said, her cheeks flushing for a second, before continuing earnestly. “I'm just really excited to meet you guys! Oh, my name is Violet by the way!”
“Well we happy to meet you, Violet. I Buff Frog, Marco's father. He said you very interested in Monsters.”
Violet nodded once, “Yeah, big brother has told me a lot about you and it's always been a dream of mine to meet a real life Monster.
“Really,” Buff Frog said, giving the girl a kind smile.
“Yep, I even sleep with a stuffed one every night, even though Daisy thinks it's silly,” Violet continued.
“You do,” the frog Monster questioned, his voice light and cheerful.
“Mm-hmm, I can show you,” the dark-haired girl said, before taking her backpack off and pulling out the small stuffed Monster that was black with small horns and a single eye. She handed it to Buff Frog who eyed it closely.
“Oh, is very handsome, must be strong and brave,” the frog observed seriously and Violet smiled proudly.
“His name is Charles. Mom got it for me for my birthday,” she explained, hopping up and down on the heels of her feet.
Buff Frog smiled and handed it back to her, telling her, “Well something that important must be kept safe.” The girl nodded in agreement and stuffed it back into the bag, before zipping it shut.
The frog Monster gave her hair a small tousle, telling the girl, “You should go say hi to other Monsters, they very happy to meet you too!”
The girl nodded and took off to speak with each of the Monsters and pester them with a million questions, none of which they minded. Buff Frog watched her go, before walking over to his son and wrapping him up into a tight, but not crushing hug. “Marco, my boy, so good to see you!”
“Hey dad!” Marco replied, equally cheerful, the smile on his face so wide it was stretching out his cheek mark, which spun in a lazy circle. “I'm really excited about today!”
Buff Frog laughed. “Me too!”
“Thanks for letting the girls come, I hope you don't mind.” Marco's voice had a sheepish undertone, even though they had discussed this already, he still felt uncomfortable for whatever reason for even asking the frog such a request.
But his dad was quick to shoot down any worries, as he said in a happy tone, “Of course not, Marco! They family to you, they family to us!”
The moment the Monster pulled away, he noticed the other little girl hiding behind his son, who stared up at him with fearful eyes. The second he caught her eye, she looked away burying her face into the back of Marco's hood.
“Who this little one?” Buff Frog asked, making sure to keep his voice light, so as to not scare her.
Marco put a hand on her head, telling his dad, “This is Daisy.”
“She's a bit.... nervous about being around Monsters,” Star explained hesitantly, doing her best not to upset Buff Frog.
The Monster leader smiled grimly, before turning back to the girl and saying in a soft, warm tone, “Hello, little one, no need be afraid, I won't hurt you.”
The girl didn't respond, so Star added in an equally calm voice, “Daisy, this is Marco's dad. He raised him and he is super nice.”
The girl raised her head up enough so that she was face to face with Buff Frog again and she softly muttered, “Hi.” Her eyes grew wide with fear, before she added in a terrified stutter, “P-Please don't eat m-me.” Her hand clenched the boy's pant leg even tighter, as her eyes drifted to her feet.
Father and son shared a sad look with each other, before Marco said, “Daisy he's not going to eat you, I promise. Just come out and say hello.” He put an encouraging hand on her back and she stiffened. But after a few seconds, she finally moved away from the protection of the boy, walking slowly toward the Monster, who remained still so he wouldn't frighten her anymore. She looked back at Star and Marco once in an almost pleading gaze, before staring at the Monster in front of her, nervously rubbing a foot on the ground.
“Marco tells me you like tea,” Buff Frog said and the girl nodded slowly in reply. “Would like me make you some?” he asked and the girl's eyes brightened for a second.
“You like tea,” she said.
Buff Frog nodded, “Oh yes, when I little like you, Marco's mom used to make me tea all the time.” The girl gave him a curious look, even as he held out his claw in offering. “So would you like try Monster made tea?”
“Is it... poisoned,” the girl asked worriedly.
Buff Frog chuckled and shook his head. “No, is not, I made sure,” he gave her a small wink and the girl finally grinned, it was hesitant and the mistrust was still written on her face, but it was definitely a start. Star and Marco, both shared victorious grins with each other, their plan working better than they had hoped and they squeezed each others hands in joy. But it quickly turned into a loving gaze, as they grew lost in their partner's stunning orbs, feeling a familiar heartbeat for a moment inside their chest.
Daisy took Buff Frog's claw and the Monster finally stood, starting to lead her toward the house. But he froze and nearly slapped a hand to his forehead as he suddenly remembered the surprise. “Oh nearly forgot!” he shouted, making the peach-haired girl look up at him curiously and a little fearfully. He turned back in the direction of his son, shouting, “Marco!”
Marco tore his gaze reluctantly away from his girlfriend, their cheeks painted pink, taking in the excited looks on his dad's face. “What?” he asked in confusion.
“Wanted to show you surprise!” Buff Frog said, before pointing to the house behind him and Marco finally took the thing in for the first time since arriving. The other Monsters turned at that, Bearicorn breaking off his conversation with Violet, who was asking question after question about the Monsters horn, wondering if he was somehow part unicorn, a mystery that went unsolved for the moment.
“Surprise Marco!” they all shouted, too late, but the hooded teen's bright smile was still there as he took in the fully constructed home in joy. It was a large two story home that looked like it had at least five bedrooms, maybe more, which made sense since many of the Monsters would be coming and going from there. The walls were a soft brown with white trimming and a red roof. The time and detail that they had surly put into its construction showed, the whole thing looking professionally built and Marco was sure his real dad couldn't have done a better job. But the thing that brought tears to his eyes was the large red sun engraved above the door frame, an exact replica to his cheek marks, as well as the plaque that read 'In memory of the Diaz Family'.
“You guys,” Marco squeaked out, wiping the tears from his eyes with the back of his hand. “It looks perfect!”
“Glad you like it,” Beard Deer said, giving him a soft smile and going over to put an arm around his shoulders.
“Wait till you see the inside,” Lobster Claws said, excitedly as the two teens were led over to the entrance of the house, surrounded on all sides by the eager and chattering Monsters. Buff Frog and Daisy were in the lead, the little girl turning to her sister and shouting, “Violet, it turns out Monster's like tea just like I do and Marco's dad is going to let me try some, isn't that awesome!” Buff Frog hid his smile from the girl, keeping his eyes staring forward.
Violet got a jealous look on her face, as she whined, “What? I want to try some, too.”
“But you hate tea,” Daisy reminded her.
Violet scoffed and snapped, “Yeah but not Monster tea!”
“Well Mr. Buff Frog didn't ask you, so there?” Daisy shot back, sticking her tongue out at her sister, causing her to groan in anger.
Buff Frog with all the levelheadedness of a veteran parent merely stated, “Now, now children. No need to fight, is plenty for both of you.” This instantly stilled the girl's fast approaching argument as they both just shared a look. “Now why don't you two run inside and pick out cup you want?” he subtly hinted and the girl's instantly obeyed, running inside and giggling away, Buff Frog and the others watching them go.
“How did you do that, Buff Frog?” Marco asked in disbelief.
Marco's dad turned to him with a large, loving grin as he said, “You forget I raised you. I have fair share of fussy kids and how best deal with them.”
…
A few minutes later, the group was seated at the large kitchen table, Buff Frog pouring each of them a cup of tea from the teapot in his claws. Daisy and Violet wasted no time, the moment their cups were filled they both took a giant gulp, before spitting the stuff back out and whining about their burning tongues.
“I warned you was hot,” Buff Frog chuckled.
The other Monsters meanwhile were looking down at their own cups in confusion, Lobster Claws remarking, “We didn't know you knew how to do stuff like this boss.”
“Yes, well, many things I keep hidden from you all over years,” Buff Frog replied, pouring the tea into Star's cup, who thanked him gratefully.
He then stepped over to his son and poured him a glass. Marco looked down at the browish, almost caramel colored liquid before asking, “You said mom used to make this?”
Buff Frog nodded, before taking his seat next to his child. “Oh yes, this is her special recipe. Hopefully I got it right, been long time since last made it.”
Marco watched the steam steadily rise off of his cup, feeling his chest clench in sadness. He wished his mom could have made this for him herself, picturing her giving him a kiss on the head as she handed him his cup. He swallowed down the lump in his throat as he lifted the drink to his lips and allowed it to flow down his throat. As he did, he imagined that this was somehow a gift from her, yet another small piece of his family, a reminder that a part of them was still there and he treasured every sip. But as his taste buds activated, he let out a moan of delight, realizing that this stuff was quite delicious as well as important.
Once he lowered the cup back to the table, he was licking his lips, savoring the sweet drink as much as he could. The others seemed impressed as well, Star even commenting, “Wow, that's really good!” Even Daisy and Violet were gulping it down like there was no tomorrow, Daisy with of course her pinkie raised. They finished at nearly the same time, both letting out a satisfied sigh, before thrusting their cups toward Buff Frog again, asking nicely and with varying levels of excitement and eagerness, “More please!”
“Slow down you too, you don't want to ruin your appetite before lunch,” Star said and the two groaned in annoyance.
“Another cup won't hurt,” Buff Frog said, pouring them each another full glass and Star just smiled and shook her head. “Now make sure not to swallow too fast, could give stomach ache,” he added and the two nodded quickly.
“Thank you, Buff Frog!” Violet said, while Daisy just gave a hesitant nod. They both began drinking the substance again, though a bit slower this time.
Buff Frog smiled before turning to his own child, who's head was lowered to the table so he couldn't see his face, asking him, “So Marco what do you think of drink?”
He frowned as Marco didn't answer right away, keeping his eyes trained on his half-empty cup, and he felt concern clench his chest. The amphibian put a hand on the boy's back, asking worriedly, “Marco?”
The boy sniffed, wiping his nose with his shirt sleeve as he finally replied in a strained, tear-soaked voice, “It's delicious.”
Buff Frog smiled sadly, knowing exactly what was upsetting the boy, as he moved his arm around his small frame and pulled him to his side, saying softly, “Would you like some more?”
Marco nodded and finally caught his eye, which were shimmering with small unshed tears, but the smile on his face was genuine as he held the cup out for him.
Daisy and Violet looked over at Star with troubled frowns, Daisy asking, “What's wrong with Big Brother?”
“He just misses his parents a lot,” Star explained softly and the two shared a look, not understanding, but they stayed quiet as they watched the hooded teen drink the rest of his tea, his father holding him close as he did.
Once the boy was finished he set his cup down and cleared his throat, before asking, “So uh, do you guys have any plans for today?”
The Monsters all seemed unsure at the unexpected question, Boo Fly commenting, “Juzzzt zzpend time with you.”
Marco nodded before saying, “Right, right. I know but like how do you feel about... maybe going somewhere.” He tried to keep his voice calm, but the excited undertone was easily picked up by the Monsters.
Still they all played along as Buff Frog asked, “Do you have idea, Marco?”
“Welll...” he said as modestly as he could, reaching into the backpack by his side. “Star and I may have come up with an idea or two.” He pulled out a rolled up paper, setting it out on the table, as it unwound, covering the entire length of the table and the Monsters all stared at it in shock. The hooded teen seeing their faces, felt a blush light up his cheeks, as he admitted hesitantly, “I guess maybe I got a little carried away.”
“No, no, just surprise us is all,” Buff Frog quickly said, reading a few things off the list. “Is lot, though, might have to narrow down some.”
“Trust me this was actually the short list,” Star told them all, before smiling over at her boyfriend, who was twiddling his fingers.
“Well, I mean, I just wanted to get a chance to explore Mewni more thoroughly. I have lived here my whole life, but I don't feel like I actually know all that much about it.” None of them, mentioned the reason for this, the unspoken resentment toward the lizard who had practically imprisoned Marco entering all of their minds. “And I thought maybe checking out a few places would be a fun bonding kind of thing.” Marco shrugged and the Monsters all smiled at their youngest.
“Sounds like good plan to me,” Buff Frog said, giving his son's arm a squeeze. He looked over at his minions and friends, asking them, “How do you all feel about trip?”
They all either nodded or shrugged in agreement, Spike Balls adding, in a pleasant tone, “Anytime with Marco is a good idea to us.”
The hooded teen blushed and pulled his hood up over his eyes, to hide his pink cheeks. “You guys,” he whined in embarrassment. Star reached over and put a hand on his, drawing his eyes to her, as she told him, “See I told you they would say yes.”
“Yeah, you were right, Star,” Marco agreed and Star leaned closer, pulling his hood back so she could stare into his eyes easier. “And how about my reward for being right?” she asked with a playful smirk, making the boy's heart nearly stop beating it was pounding so erratically. Ignoring the anticipating stares of his family and the twins, he gave her the wanted kiss she was demanding, the girl putting a hand to his cheek as she let it deepen, keeping him trapped there as she tasted every inch of his lips and he happily complied, allowing her to lead the kiss. The whole time this was going on, Buff Frog and the other Monsters were smiling like crazy and trying not to gush over how cute their child and his girlfriend were as a couple, just watching them with silent smiles.
Daisy and Violet, however, had no sense of self-control for such things, as they sprang forward, over the table and tackled the hooded boy in a tight hug, making him break out of his kiss to let out a startled yelp. They nearly knocked him off his chair, but he managed to hold his balance, as he held the two giggling girls to his chest, his brain still fuzzy and his lips still tingling from the kiss. “Big brother, when are you two gonna get married already?!” Violet asked, squeezing his cheeks with her hands.
“Yeah and can I be one of the flower girl at your wedding?” Daisy requested making Violet turn to her with a glare.
“No way, I want to be the flower girl!” Violet demanded childishly.
“You hate flowers!” Daisy shot back.
“Well instead of flowers maybe I could use glass eyeballs or something,” Violet mumbled bitterly.
“Ew, Violet! That's gross!” Daisy gagged, which only made her sister even more angry.
“You're gross!”
“Girls, no arguing or we take you straight home,” Star reminded them in a chiding tone and the two turned to her with wide eyes, both of their mouths snapping shut. Though they still shot each other the occasional glare when they thought she wasn't looking.
“Now then, back to your trip,” Buff Frog interrupted, drawing the attention back to him. “Where you planning on us going, my son?”
Marco got a thoughtful expression, before he said, “Well, I'll be honest, I haven't decided yet. I have a lot of ideas, as you can tell...” he sheepishly gestured to the list. “But I don't think we'll have time to do them all.”
“May I make suggestion then?” Buff Frog asked and Marco nodded, smiling eagerly.
“Sure thing, dad,” he replied.
“My idea is place won't find on any map,” he said mysteriously and the boy's face lit up in anticipation.
“Really?” Marco breathed in wonderment.
“Oh yes, is only known by select few Monsters and I happen be one,” Buff Frog replied.
“Can you take us there?” Marco asked, his eyes begging and his frog father chuckled.
“Yes, I can,” he replied jovially.
…
The group of Mewmans and Monsters exited out of the portal, their mouths all gaped open at the beautiful clearing surrounding them. It was a great big open area surrounded and hidden from prying eyes by a thick wall of vegetation and/or cliffs. There was a waterfall there, which was oddly falling up and as they observed closer it seemed many things there were not harbored by the force of gravity. There were several flowers that floated in the air, instead of the ground, hovering there and glowing a soft white. The sight was one to behold, the sun hitting the water just right making a rainbow spray across their vision and the grass was all a pale blue, compared to the normal pink or green. In the river that flowed around the area, Marco could make out several blue gators wadding through the water, much like the one he had met so long ago. There were no houses or any signs of outside forces ever even entering the place, in fact the area looked completely untouched by organic hands.
“Wow, Buff Frog, what is this place?” Marco asked, taking a few steps forward, only to feel himself go weightless as he rose up off the ground. Marco let out a yelp of surprise, his arms waving wildly as he tried to balance himself, his body now just a foot above the floor and he tried futility to get himself back down to the forest floor.
Buff Frog quickly grabbed his arm and pulled him back down to the floor, Marco sighing in relief and putting a hand over his pounding heart. “Must be careful, my boy. Gravity doesn't work same here as in rest of Mewni.”
“I'll remember that,” Marco replied, swallowing hard. Daisy and Violet on the other hand were cheering and clapping at what they had just witnessed, saying, “Oh wow, Big Brother flew!” or “Do it again, Big Brother!”
“Maybe later,” Marco told them, still having trouble speaking around the heart in his throat.
“I've never seen a place like this anywhere on Mewni before,” Star commented looking around the area in bewildered awe. “I didn't even know something like this could exist in this dimension.”
“Yes, well, we Monsters discovered it first and chose to keep hidden from Mewmans, knowing they had tendency to take what was not theirs.”
Star cringed at that. “Yeah, uh, sorry... about that,” the blond royal apologized sheepishly.
“Is okay, that was ancestors not you,” Buff Frog told her with a reassuring smile. He turned back to staring at the landscape, saying, “Place is called Gravity Falls, for obvious reasons.” They all watched as a flower floated by their heads, spinning lazily.
“How come you never brought us here before, Buff Frog?” Lobster Claws asked, looking hurt.
“Because, as said before, only few Monster know about place,” he explained, crossing his arms. “Less that know about it the better, at least that what my father said.”
“You sure, it's okay for us to be here now, then?” Marco asked in concern.
Buff Frog nodded. “Positive. Few Monsters come here nowadays, is very safe and good place to relax.”
“Can we go play?” Violet asked Star and Marco, bored of all the grown-up talking and itching to run around and explore.
“Sure,” Marco said with a nod. “But just stay where we can see you, okay?”
“Okay,” both girls replied, before racing off, Daisy looking much more comfortable and at ease now. They quickly started playing in the water scaring off the gators there, who put as much distance between the two girls as possible, before diving underwater. The Monsters quickly relaxed and lounged around, enjoying a day off without having to worry about fighting something or doing something, and finally able to just let go and do nothing for awhile, leaving Star and Marco relatively alone.
The young couple held hands, not sure what to do or say now, but more just enjoying the quiet moment together. “So, hey uh, do you... want to do something?” Marco asked, trying to fight the nervousness he was feeling. It was just Star after all, she was his bestie and girlfriend, there was no reason he should be nervous... at least he didn't think, he had only been on a couple of dates with her and was still not entirely sure what all dating entailed.
“Like what?” she asked patiently, her eyes shining brighter than a thousand diamonds and the words caught in Marco's throat.
He coughed, before saying, “I don't know, maybe like-”
Before he could finish his answer, there was a loud splash from the water and Star turned only to see the two girls now almost wrestling in the water and quickly raced over without a second thought to stop them from accidentally drowning one another. “Hey girls, stop that!” Star cried.
Marco felt disappointment bubble in his chest, but it didn't last long, after all they still had the whole day to hang out and today was really more about spending time with his dad and the rest of his family anyways.
And as if on cue, Marco suddenly felt something land on his shoulder and turned to see his dad smiling down at him. “So, my son, how is things with you?”
“Pretty good, actually,” Marco said, sitting on a fairly comfortable rock (after testing it to make sure it was stationary of course). Buff Frog took the seat next to him. “Is good. How is relationship with Star? Are you two doing okay?”
Marco didn't even have to think about his answer. “Oh yeah, she's great! We're doing great! Actually the other day we went on a date to this 'Corn Festival' thing and it was awesome!” He quickly pulled out his phone to show his dad a few pictures the two had taken, Marco and Star in various poses together and with facial expressions ranging from a mere smile to goofy looks to outright kissing one another, thus capturing the moment for all time.
But as his phone switched to the last picture this one of the two of them, passed out on his bed his head nuzzled into her chest as his girlfriend held him in a protective hug, he quickly squeaked and tucked his phone away, hoping his dad wouldn't comment on it. “Janna,” he muttered under his breath, knowing his creepy friend had to be responsible for that. It wouldn't be the first time she had stolen his phone to take a photo of the two when they didn't know she was there. Normally he didn't mind, but he didn't want to explain to his dad what had led up to that situation in the first place.
“What was that?” Buff Frog asked, a tiny bit of concern in his tone.
Oh boy. “I, uh, had a nightmare,” Marco replied simply, hoping his dad would drop the subject. He didn't want to talk about how ever since the Toffee incident he would occasionally have a nightmare where he was being strangled all over again or taken far away from his family and Star where no one would find him. Or more recently, he was forced to watch as Toffee disposed of everyone he loved right in front of him while he was powerless to stop him. It was why he didn't mind that the twins had begun making a habit out of sneaking into bed with him in the middle of the night, finding their presences comforting and he was able to sleep easier knowing someone else was there. Though that didn't help when his nightmares would come back to him during the day, when he was wide awake, because they felt so much more real then and would always throw his mind into a frenzy and his body into panic.
But his dad didn't pester him with questions or even ask what the nightmare had been about, only staring at him for a long moment before saying, “It happens.” Marco was thankful as he quickly moved on and dropped the subject moving on to a more lighthearted subject as he began telling Marco all about how he used to come to this place as a kid with his father and how special and important it was to him.
Marco listened closely, but allowed his eyes to stray to the water, watching as Daisy, Violet, and now even Star joined in on taking turns soaking one another, albeit now under Star's watchful eye, not letting it ever get too far out of hand as to raise any concern. He admired his girlfriend, as she laughed and played along with the two girls, laughing like she didn't have a care in the world. He liked seeing her like this, so relaxed and at ease, and he was enchanted with her every movement, of every way the light danced off her hair. He nearly laughed out loud as she lifted Daisy up and dipped her waste deep in the water, while the small royal screamed and kicked in joy. The boy felt a familiar heartbeat flicker in his chest and suddenly, Star looked over at him, her sky blue eyes conveying to him that she had felt it too. The two shared a smile, before he directed his full attention back to his dad.
Buff Frog carried on and on with his tales, filled with joy but at the same time was deep in thought. He knew Marco was keeping something from him, that there was something on his mind he wasn't telling him and that troubled Buff Frog deeply. His son was generally a very open boy and he had always been honest with him about nearly everything, sure there was the occasional lie growing up, telling him he had eaten all of his vegetables when there was still plenty on his plate, stuff like that, but overall nothing to this level. The worse he could think of was when he had snuck out of the castle against Toffee's wishes, but that had been more of to protect himself from Toffee's wrath than anything else.
But if Marco was having nightmare and seemed blatantly uncomfortable talking about it, then Buff Frog knew something was bothering him. Something that (with him at least) Marco seemed closed off about. And that wasn't the only example. He had picked up on several little conversations with his son that Marco was doing his best to hide something and as much as he wanted to pry it out of him, he also knew that that would do no good. Maybe he could speak about it with Star later, for now, he'd rather enjoy some quality time with his son and so to make sure that very thing happened he forced the thoughts out of his head.
The rest of the Monsters seemed to be enjoying themselves too, all finding something to keep them entertained while they were there. Big Chicken was pecking at the grass looking for seeds or bugs to chomp on. Bearicorn was climbing up a tree in an attempt to score some honey from a beehive. The two-headed brothers were in an intense argument about if a house would float out there. Boo Fly was sleeping, his small body suspended in mid-air as he relaxed and enjoyed being able to feel weightless without flapping his wings. Lobster Claws and Potato Baby were busy testing out the gravity streams, taking turns watching various things they could find float in fascination, and as Beard Deer walked by, he gave Lobster Claws a massive shove, which caused the crustacean to float in the air, his arms waving wildly as he screamed over the lack of balance, all while Potato Baby let a garbled laugh. The rest were all either napping in the sun or just laying back in the grass and doing nothing.
After a while, Star called out to her bestie, drawing his and Buff Frog's attention to the water, “Hey Marco, come join us!”
“Yeah, Big Brother come and play!” Daisy shouted.
Marco looked over at his dad, who gave him a nod to let him know it was okay, before he ran over, ripping off his prized hoodie, before taking a dive toward the water. But gravity worked against him once again, as it instead kept him floating in the air for a few seconds, his form slowing drifting over the three girls heads, before dropping him unceremoniously into the water. The teen came up sputtering and gasping for breath, while he heard the familiar laughter of Star and the twins, who all found his slip up immensely humorous. “It's not that funny,” Marco said and Star gave him an apologetic look inbetween gasps for breath.
“I'm... sorry Marco, but y-your face... it was j-just too funny!” She was laughing even harder now, looking like she was about to double over or pass out from lack of oxygen to her strained lungs.
Marco felt his face flush bright red, until an idea popped into his head, his cheeks spinning once in response. “Not as funny as yours,” he said playfully and the girl stopped laughing and gave him a confused look. That's when Marco swiftly splashed a big bunch of water into the girl's face, making her let out a startled cry. The boy laughed at the girl's soaking wet hair and dripping bangs, as she merely frowned over at him, though the smile behind her eyes was obviously there. And it turned into a real one as she said, playfully, “Oh yeah so that's how you want it to be. Then bring it on, Diaz!”
Daisy and Violet quickly joined in, each helping to sabotage the two teens, with little splashes of their own, while Marco and Star got into a splash fight, laughing the whole time, as Star sought revenge on her boyfriend. Eventually, Marco threw in the towel though as Star began to mercilessly tickle his sides and he laughed and squirmed in her grip. “Ha ha, okay Star that's enough! Haha, Star you win already, hahahaha, stop it that tickles!”
The girl finally ceased her ferocious attack as she held the boy tightly in her arms, his body slightly dipped toward the water. She couldn't resist as she leaned closer and gave him a small kiss on the lips, which he returned wholeheartedly. But just as the two separated, there was a large splash the aftereffect hitting the two full force, along with a massive wave that nearly knocked the two off their feet. Daisy and Violet laughed as they had witnessed Spike Balls jumping into the water out of nowhere, giggling incessantly at their two babysitters soaked forms. “Just thought I'd join in on the fun,” the Monster commented with a wide smile.
“Oh my turn!” Lobster Claws suddenly shouted. He ran toward the water before proclaiming, “Cannonball!” He then jumped in the water himself, using the lack of gravity to do a full flip before hitting the water and sending of shower of droplets on the others.
Several other Monsters joined in, diving into the water, making the four Mewmans laugh at the varying degrees of success. But Beard Deer hardly seemed impressed, watching the whole thing with a scowl, before finally shouting, “That's not how you cannon ball!”
“Oh yeah, well then why don't you try it?” Lobster Claws yelled from back at him.
Beard Deer got a smirk, as he backed up to show them a proper cannonball, but just as he jumped, he was affected by the gravity, as it made him instead do one spin in the air before face-planting directly into the water, causing the other Monsters to laugh. At this point, all the Monsters were in the river but Buff Frog, and Marco looked over at his dad, who was watching with a smile in the same spot he had left him.
“Hey dad, don't you want to swim, too?!” he yelled to him.
“Yeah, come on, boss! Live a little!” Lobster Claws shouted, Potato Baby giving an agreeing garble.
Buff Frog just shook his head, saying, “No, no. You have fun, I will sit out this time.”
“Awww, come on!” Star encouraged. “Your a frog, after all, I bet your jump would put all the others to shame!”
“Yeah, dad, show me that patented Bulgoyabov dive, like in your story,” Marco added, remembering his dad recounting the special technique his family had invented and been using for generations.
The amphibian seemed to consider this, before he stood up and started to walk away, much to everyone's surprise. “Boss?” some of the Monsters asked, while Marco just smiled to himself. The frog suddenly turned and began racing back toward the river, getting a running start before he leapt into the air. Everyone watched in awe as his muscular form rose above the very treetops and with the added lack of gravity, he seemed to go even higher than some clouds. And as he descended, he did a complicated series of spins and somersaults, before finally hitting the water, crashing into it like a torpedo. There was a gigantic wave, that sent every Monster barreling over and Marco, who had been fully aware what was about to happen, had grabbed Daisy and Violet and pulled them as far back as he could. Star followed uncertainly, but it switched to understanding as the tidal wave barreled through the unexpected Monsters, only to lose its height and momentum the further it traveled, hitting the Mewmans with only a mild, barely above their knees, current.
Buff Frog emerged from the water, grinning victoriously, as all the Monsters recovered from the unexpected hit. There was a few seconds of silence, before Lobster Claws exclaimed, “That was amazing!” Soon after this declaration all the Monsters were congratulating their boss, patting him on the back or shaking his claw and while the four Mewmans just watched and laughed. “You family is so fun, big brother!” Violet screamed and Marco smiled thoughtfully, nodding slowly.
“Yeah they are,” Marco said softly, his voice chocked with emotion. He couldn't think of a time when he had ever seen them acting so goofy or lighthearted, most of the time growing up they had seemed stressed and anxious and sometimes Marco wasn't sure if they could even stand each other. But now they looked like a real family, getting along and just enjoying each others company, and it made Marco's heart soar to see such a sight. And seeing them all so happy and carefree, made him realize something. While he had recently begun experiencing true freedom for himself, the others now seemed to have finally gotten the chance to do the same. And this only served to remind him of just how much he loved his dad and the Monsters, they all had sacrificed so much to keep him safe for all those years, and now at last they were able to be rewarded for their efforts.
Marco, after some prompting from Star, was able to snap out of his thoughts and go over to join the Monsters, Daisy and Violet following right behind. Once they met up, a series of games fast broke out, including more splash fighting, chicken fight, a game the Monsters called sharks and mermaids, and marco polo, which Marco enjoyed immensely. This went on until late into the afternoon, the sun peeking and then lowering quite a ways before anyone even took notice of how much time had passed, too invested in the fun they were all having. Marco, especially, seemed to be enjoying his time bonding with his family and girlfriend, smiling ear to ear to the point his cheeks began hurting, but he didn't care and refused to let it up for even a single second.
But he wasn't the only one obviously having the time of his life, the twins too seemed equally enthusiastic about the time spent, even little Daisy's fear all but forgotten as she played with the Monsters with equal fervor as her twin. And soon, she seemed right at home and at ease around them, giggling incessantly over every little thing. In fact, by this point you couldn't even tell that she had ever been frightened of the Monsters to begin with and this made Marco's already stretched smile widen even more.
By the time they did finally break off for lunch, they were all beyond sore and tired, but happy, as they slowly trudged to shore to get some much needed and well-deserved rest, dragging their pruny bodies out of the water with much force, some more than others.
They all stretched out in the soft grass, relaxing and catching their breath as they waited to dry off in the sun. Daisy and Violet lay side by side, both shivering slightly as Marco walked over to them with their lunches and his in hand. They both took their food gratefully and with bright eagerness over the first bit of food since breakfast, both working up quite the appetite over the last several hours. It was nothing fancy, just sandwiches that he had made before their trip but as the two starving girls each took a bite, it seemed like they had just been given fine gourmet the way they were humming in appreciation and delight.
“This is so good, Big Brother!” Daisy proclaimed, before quickly chomping at least a quarter of it off and chewing greedily.
“Yeah, it's really tasty!” Violet mumbled out, struggling to form coherent words with her mouth stuffed to the very max it could hold at one time without choking her.
“I'm glad you like it,” Marco said cheerfully, before rising up and going over to join Star, who was already half-done with her own sandwich. “Mmmm, Marco what is on this? It's amazing!” Star complimented him, taking a big bite.
“Umm, let's see,” Marco said thoughtfully, as he sat by Star's side. He counted off each ingredient used as he went, “Basically whatever I could find, like avocados, lettuce, tomatoes, pickles, mustard, ketchup, chick-” Marco quickly cut himself off, his head whipping around to stare panic-stricken at Big Chicken, who's head was raised in alert. Marco nervously cleared his throat, before correcting himself and saying, “Um, you know, various things.”
This seemed to settle Big Chicken, who went back to pecking at the seeds in front of him. “Right, gotcha,” Star replied, as she held back a chuckle. She watched the boy take an eager bite of his own sandwich, hanging on his every move, before asking, “So do you wanna switch?”
Marco turned to her in surprise, his mouth still comically stuffed, as he asked, “Wha?”
Star laughed at her boyfriend's cuteness, before explaining, “You can have some of my sandwich and I can have some of yours.”
Marco swallowed, giving her a look of naive curiosity. “Why would we do that?” he asked. “I mean they're exactly the same, right.” He raked his brain trying to think of if he did anything special to any of the sandwiches, but he had been very careful to make them all the exact same way so as to not hurt anyone's feelings over being left out.
Star shrugged, her fingers shyly fiddling with the bread, picking off small crumbs and throwing it into the grass. “It's just something couples like to do. But if you don't want to I-”
“No, no, I do!” Marco quickly agreed, practically shouting into her face and waving a hand in front of him to reassure her. He hated to see Star upset and the last thing he wanted to do was hurt her feelings, especially over something as trivial as this. “I just was confused it all,” he added with a sheepish chuckled, nervously scratching his cheek.
Star smiled at him, grabbing his arm and cuddling him close to her. “It's okay, Marco. I get it,” Star told him, before planting a kiss on his cheek. “I just felt weird about it for a second is all, cause I realized how dumb it sounded.”
“Nothing you say is dumb,” Marco told her, so much honesty and certainty in his tone that Star realized that he truly believed what he said, that to him anything she said was important and that was just a hard fact of life. Which just made Star's heart melt even more and caused her to gush over her adorably sweet boyfriend. “Awww, Marco, you spoil me,” she swooned, squeezing his arm tight as she nuzzled his cheek with hers, making the both of their faces light up red.
Marco didn't say anything, just giving a little embarrassed chuckle, enjoying every second of contact with his awesome bestie as his brain turned to mush. But he was able to successfully snap back to reality as Star held her sandwich up to his lips and he eagerly took a bite, before doing the same for her. The two chewed their partner's lunch for a moment, feeling safe and secure in each other's arms. And though Marco didn't know how it was possible, he could swear that somehow Star's bite of sandwich was far better than his own, as if being in the blond's hands infused it with some sort of added flavor that only improved its overall taste. Then again, it shouldn't surprise him, everything Star touched turned to gold. She was just so special and amazing he sometimes couldn't believe he was been lucky enough to have her in his life. Since he met her, she had done nothing but brighten up his life in ways he never could have imagined. Before Star the only joy in his life was the bits of time he spent with his dad and the Monsters, everything else was just boredom and guilt and longing. Now though, his life felt like a fairytale or some beautiful dream that he prayed he never woke up from. Sure there were tough times, but they were worth it if he could stay by his Star's side.
Marco must have been staring at her funny, because she suddenly asked, “What?” The hooded teen slowly shook his head. “Just... thinking,” he said, his voice cracking slightly as he chocked on the lump in his throat.
“About what?” Star asked, raising a curious, teasing eyebrow.
“How much better my life is since I met you,” he explained and Star's eyes widened.
A bright, shy smile lit up her face and her hearts thumped a few times on her blushing cheeks. “What brought that up?” she asked.
“Just being near you, I guess. Spending time with you always makes me feel grateful that we met.”
Star smiled and leaned once again into his arm. “Yeah, me too.”
The two stayed like that for a moment or two, before they heard a shuffling behind them and they turned to see Buff Frog standing over them, looking slightly guilty. “Sorry to interrupt moment,” he began looking genuinely apologetic. “But need to talk to you two about something.”
Star and Marco shared a surprised look, before Marco spoke up, telling his dad, “Uh, sure thing, Buff Frog. What's going on?”
The amphibian sat down on a rock beside them, his gaze hardening some and causing the two's heart rate to increase mildly. He crossed his arms, his stance powerful but concerned, his yellow eyes digging into their skin, trying to pry something out of them with the look alone. The two admittedly squirmed under his intense gaze, now worried what he was about to question them on. “I know you two hiding something from me.”
The two both gasped at that, too startled to hide their guilty faces as Marco bit his lip and avoided his dad's gaze and Star just sucked in a breath. Buff Frog watched both of their reactions closely, waiting for them to speak and try to defend themselves. But neither said a word and eventually Buff Frog figured it was best to continue. “I see it in your eyes. I want to know what problem is.”
The two shared a hesitant look, neither sure what to say and a thought suddenly struck Buff Frog. The two were really close with one another, sharing a lot of time alone and away from his watchful eye, they had been dating for at least three months now, and Marco had freaked out over a photo of the two snuggling in bed together...
His eyes slowly lowered to Star's stomach, but he quickly shook these foolish thoughts away. There was no way that was what was happening, from what he had seen their relationship was sweet and innocent, he had no reason to suspect them of something like that. Still, there was something wrong and he was going to find out what. “Please tell me so that I may help you. I worry about you, Marco,” he said, his eyes begging and his son finally caught his eye, before quickly turning away the look too much for him to take.
“That's exactly why I don't want to tell you,” Marco said, rubbing a hand on his arm. “I don't want to worry you anymore than you already do.”
Buff Frog let out a sigh. “I know, my son, but keeping hidden from me, make me worry just as much.”
Star and Marco shared a look, trying to silently decide on their next course of action. One of the big reasons the two had been opposed to it was out of fear that maybe if Buff Frog was to know the danger surrounding Star he might decide to move Marco back in with him until the threat passed. And even though this seemed unlikely, the chance was still there and it was enough to chill them to the bone, neither wanting to imagine a life without their chosen match by their side. And so, as brown and blue met, a single thought ran through both of their minds, What do we tell him?
Meanwhile, Violet was quickly growing bored just laying there. She had already finished her lunch and she wanted to go back to doing stuff, particularly with the Monsters. She looked over to see Star and Marco in some kind of conversation with Buff Frog and then to where the rest of the Monsters were resting. She rose to her feet, which caught her twin's attention. “Where are you going?” Daisy asked curiously.
“To talk to the Monsters, want to come.” Violet looked ecstatic, a bright grin on her face as she waited for her sister's answer.
Daisy studied the group of Monsters for a few moments, trying to decide. Sure they hadn't done anything bad to her at this point but she still felt unsure about them, all the stories she had overheard from the adults making her fearful. Both her and Violet had eavesdropped on several conversations regarding the Monsters and, while her sister had only seemed to grow more and more interested, Daisy was scared stiff. The way the grownups talked about the Monsters killing people and burning down entire villages, had left her with nightmares for weeks. Her mother had done her best to comfort her, (not before reprimanding them both for listening in where they shouldn't have, of course) telling Daisy that no Monster could get to them from where they were and that she was safe, but her overactive imagination said otherwise. And having a sister who was obsessed with them didn't help much either. Violet would mercilessly tease her and tell her scary stories about the Monsters eating children whole or making them into stew, not realizing just how much it was messing her sister up.
But the worst of all of it was the day that her Trait had worked against her, as when Violet was telling another one of her particularly nasty stories to an unwilling Daisy, their cheek marks had activated, glowing white, and the Monster from Violet's description had come to life and appeared in their room. It was a large Monster made of nothing but fur and glowing red eyes. According to Violet it would tickle its victims for hours before eating them. The girl screamed and hid behind her sister, her whole body shaking, as she begged the Monster to leave her alone. Until finally, Violet told her that the Monster was gone and she opened her eyes to see it had disappeared, her twin apparently making it stop after she realized how much it was troubling her sister.
A moment later, the door had busted open and as several guards came in to check on the two young monarchs, hearing the girl's scream, Daisy, had simply jumped up, pushing past the guards, and ran down the hallways without a word, tears of embarrassment and fear streaming down her face. After that, Violet didn't tease her anymore about the Monsters and the guards were extremely careful to watch what they said around the young, impressionable royal.
But then, things had changed all of a sudden, as the adults began saying that the Monsters were good now and that they were no longer hurting anyone anymore. This had confused Daisy, sending her mind into a whirlwind of questions and doubt that left her paralyzed with uncertainty. All her life she had been told that Monsters were bad and that you should stay away from them and avoid them at all costs, but now she was just supposed to forget all of that and trust them. She didn't know what to do, her mind at a crossroads, as she struggled through her paranoid filled upbringing and the new-found evidence that there was no longer anything to fear.
Finally she shook her head, her brain still feeling heavy with doubt and uncertainty, as she said, “No, I'm okay.”
Violet scoffed, clearly annoyed with the response, as she rolled her eyes. “Baby,” she said tauntingly and this ignited a fire in little Daisy's chest.
“I am not a baby!” Daisy huffily shouted, stomping a foot down in anger. She couldn't believe her sister was accusing her of something like that, especially since she was only like this cause of her. She was so filled with rage and consumed by her venomous thoughts, that she didn't even hear the crack beneath her feet.
“Yes you are,” Violet mocked back, pointing an accusing finger at her twin. “Your too afraid to even go near the Monsters, even though mom and Big Brother told us they are safe.”
“But what about all those stories we used to hear, remember that Violet?” Daisy argued. “The adults said that Monsters were scary and dangerous.”
Violet shrugged. “Well we've been around them all day and they haven't acted scary or dangerous,” the creepy girl pointed out and Daisy's comeback froze on her tongue. She didn't know what to say to that, her twin was right after all, the Monsters actually seemed kind and gentle and Marco did seem to trust them...
“Face it, Daisy,” Violet continued, speaking as if she was stating a fact. “Your only afraid of them cause your a baby.”
Daisy lost her train of thought, as anger burst through her chest again and she screamed out in a fiery roar, “I. am. NOT!” She stomped her foot down even harder this time, only this time the cracking that followed was even louder than last time and the girl looked down to see the ground beneath her had fractured, creating a small uneven circle around her form. Before either girl could say anything, the ground beneath Daisy sprang up from the ground, a chunk of Mewni raising up into the sky, carrying the screaming Mewman child with it.
The ear-splitting screech gained everyone's attention, Buff Frog and the teens conversation forgotten as they swerved around to see Daisy being carried away by the ground beneath her, the young one clinging to the grass in fear. “Daisy!” Star and Marco shouted at the same time, terror and alarm written all over their stunned faces. The two began running over to where Violet stood numbly, watching her sister helplessly floating away, her eyes wet with unshed tears. “Marco get Violet!” Star shouted, afraid that her other cousin might float away if she wasn't protected. Marco quickly scooped the girl up and held her close to his chest, as he watched his girlfriend shout at the top of her lungs, “Raspberry Ribbon Lasso!” A tangle of sparkling red rope shout out of her wand, wrapping around the chunk of rock and holding it in place.
The Monsters quickly circled around the Mewmans, feeling helpless as they watched Star's rescue attempt, wanting to do something to help. “Help, someone help me!” Daisy cried, her eyes sealed shut and her whole body shaking in fear, as tears streamed down her face
“Hold on, Daisy, I got you!” Star tried to reassure her, hoping the quiver in her voice didn't end up making the girl even more afraid. Boo Fly, as well, did his part, as he quickly flew up to the girl and snuggled into her side, trying to comfort her however he could. “Don't you worry Mizzz Daizzy. Zztar will have you down in no time,” the fly Monster said, running a paw through her cream-colored hair but the girl didn't respond, too petrified to speak.
But Star was at a loss of what to do next, the blond royal quickly racking her brain for a way to get the girl down without hurting her. But suddenly Buff Frog appeared behind her out of nowhere, saying in a deadly calm voice, “Keep her still, I get her down.”
Before the girl could respond, Buff Frog jumped high into the air, sailing over everyone's heads as he expertly landed on the floating rock, Star somehow barely feeling any extra weight from it, much to her incredulousness. Buff Frog let out a long, soothing shush, putting both claws gently on her shoulders Boo Fly flying away from the girl to let his leader handle the situation. “Shhhh, is alright, little one. You be okay.” The girl flinched, clearly recognizing his voice, her body tensing up, but the amphibian moved slowly, as he gently pulled her up, so she was now sitting on her knees. Her hands instinctively shot out and grabbed onto his beefy arms, taking comfort in his strength, paranoid she would fall without something to cling to. He continued his soft cooing, as he lifted her up and brought her into his arms. The girl instantly threw her arms around his neck, holding him in a tight hug as she buried her face into his shoulder with a small whimper. “Shhh, is alright. You safe now,” Buff Frog said, running a claw through her hair to calm her. He looked down, ignoring the disbelieving looks from his minions as he quickly sized up the distance. He sucked in a breath, this was going to be the tricky part, he would have to jump in order to get down, but that would obviously panic the poor child even more, her already rapid heartbeat causing him to ache.
“Come on dad, you got this,” Marco whispered from the ground, his grip on Violet tightening some, while the creepy girl looked petrified with fear for her sister. Star was just doing all she could to keep the rock from floating any further away, fighting against the incredibly strong pull of gravity the entire time, her arms beginning to ache with the effort. But she felt a small shift in the magical lasso and her eyes widened in horror as she saw that the laws of nature had found a new way to get around her. The floating ground was beginning to break apart into smaller chunks and she watched as a large crack formed, cutting its way through the rock, following along the path her lasso was.
“Buff Frog!” Star screamed in warning.
But the Monster leader didn't have time to react as the rock suddenly snapped in half and continued its trek toward space, causing Buff Frog and Daisy to fall, now plummeting to the ground, the frog in no position to land safely, his body twisting this way and that as he free fell. Violet screamed in fear for her sister's life and Marco shouted in pure terror, “No!”
Star thought fast though, holding her wand out and casting loudly, “Mystic Safety Net!” A large net formed, held in the air by several sparkly butterflies, who pulled the net as taunt as it would go, easily catching the girl and frog in the thick tangle of ropes. They lowered the two slowly and carefully to the ground, before setting them and the net onto the ground. Marco let out a loud breath of relief, his first since witnessing his dad falling to his death.
Buff Frog sat up, before looking down at the girl clinging to his chest in fear, and saying softly, “You can let go, little one. We safe now.” Daisy finally opened her eyes, looking around to see that they were on the ground once more and she released the frog from her death grip, allowing him to pick her up and set her back on her feet.
Violet seeing this, jumped out of Marco's arms and ran up to her still trembling sister, throwing her arms around her in a tight, affectionate hug. The peach-haired girl's eyes widened in surprise, her arms twitching at her side as if unsure if she should hug her sister back or not. But as she heard a sob escape her sister's throat, she did just that, giving her twin a small squeeze. Star walked over and joined in on the hug, thankful her two cousins were safe.
Buff Frog watched the three as he stood, caught off guard as a small form bumped into his chest and a warm body trapped him in its own tender embrace. He looked down to see his son hugging him close, Marco's eyes scrunched closed and the residual look of fear still clearly on his face. “I thought I was gonna lose you,” the boy in red chocked out, his voice cracking as a single tear ran down his face.
“There, there,” Buff Frog soothed, giving his beloved son a loving pat on the back. “I okay, thanks to Star.”
Both Marco and Buff Frog turned to the blond teen, who pulled away from the twins to match their gaze, a smile on her face. “Well I couldn't just sit there and do nothing,” she said with a modest shrug of her shoulders.
“Buff Frog!” a sudden outburst, drew everyone's attention to the other Monsters, who all ran over and tackled their leader to the ground. “We're so sorry we couldn't help you!” Bearicorn bawled, tears streaming down his face. “Please don't fire us and replace us with better Monsters!” the bear continued.
Buff Frog smiled at his companions as he rose to his feet, telling them all in an authoritative but gentle voice, “Is alright, my friends. Would never replace you. You best Monsters I know.”
Potato Baby made a garbled questioning noise, which the amphibian was able to translate, nodding his head. “Da, besides, can't very well replace you. Think Marco would miss you too much.”
The Monsters all turned to the teen, who smiled at them all. “Yep, he's right, I would,” he said. “You're my family after all.” They all let out a simultaneous awww, some even growing teary eyed.
The next thing Marco knew he was being hugged from all angles by the many members of his Monster family who were all cooing or crying out their fondness for the boy. Star laughed seeing her boyfriend looking lost and dazed as he was being virtually squeezed to death by the Monsters, but making no efforts to stop them, though that could have been due to his inability to breathe at the moment. But her attention was drawn back to her spells, who were all staring at her eagerly, as one of the butterflies asked, “So is there anything else we can do for, princess?”
Even my spells have to feel the need to call me by my title, she thought to herself, while saying aloud, “No that will be all, thank you.”
They all bowed formally, another saying, “No thank you, Your Highness. It is an honor to be able to help out a Butterfly.” Then as suddenly as they had come, they vanished into thin air, leaving behind a few sparkles that drifted slowly to the ground. I'll have to remember to call on them more often, she thought to herself. After I have a talk with them about calling me by my name.
Daisy and Violet, meanwhile, were still stuck in their own hug, which was quickly becoming awkward, as the former tried to pull away but found her sibling refusing to break her hold. “Uhh, Violet, you can let go now,” the peach-haired girl said.
“I'm sorry,” the girl muttered, starling her twin.
“What?” she asked.
“I'm sorry I called you a baby,” Violet sniffed. She knew her and her sister argued a lot, but she never imagined that it would nearly lead to such a horrible outcome. She had nearly lost her twin, her other half, all because she had been dumb and stupid and had to tease her over nothing. “I shouldn't have said those things, because of me you almost-”
“No, you were right,” Daisy said, much to her sister's surprise.
“I was?” Violet asked in clear confusion.
The cutesy girl nodded. “I was afraid of the Monsters and I was being a baby about it. I was just so sure that they were bad that I didn't give them a chance.”
Violet finally let go and pulled out of the hug, staring her sister straight in the eyes. “Soooo, does this mean your not mad at me?” she asked.
“No, I guess not,” Daisy said, for some reason finding it hard to stay mad at her twin. Sure they fought a lot, but deep down she loved her twin and couldn't imagine being away from her. They needed each other in some strange way.
The two shared a short smile, before Daisy turned to Star and said, “Thank you, Star, for helping rescue me.”
Star patted her young cousin lightly on the head saying, “I'm just glad your safe. But you know, I'm not the only one you should be thanking.” The blond's eyes jumped to Buff Frog then back to her cousin, knowingly. Daisy nodded and slowly approached the frog Monster, who was watching his son with a grin.
When the girl reached him she gave him a small tug on his shirt to draw his attention and as the frog looked down at her, she began scraping a foot against the ground shyly, struggling to meet his eye. “Um, uh,” the girl muttered, a blush beginning to stain her cheeks. “Th-Thank you, for saving me, Mr. Buff Frog.”
The frog smiled and bent down so he was level with the child. “Please, just Buff Frog is fine. And you very welcome, little one.”
Daisy got a pouting look on her face, her cheeks puffing up cutely, as she whined, “Stop calling me 'little one'. My name is Daisy so call me that, okay?”
Buff Frog paused a look of surprise and confusion on his face, before he laughed out loud, a long hearty chuckle that drew everyone's attention onto him and left them all questioning what was so funny. He gently drew the girl in for hug, giving her a soft pat on the back. “Of course. Forgive me,” he said, unable to keep the smile off of his face. Children really were priceless sometimes. Although he loved Marco immensely and wouldn't change a thing about his precious son, he admitted a part of him missed taking care of a young kid, his time raising the young Marco challenging but fulfilling. Now that Marco was older and living with Star, a part of him missed how things used to be (the happy moments at least, he would give anything to go back and make it so that Marco never had to grow up under the lizard's iron rule) he had loved being a parent and looking after and raising his son were some of the greatest moments of his life, he just hadn't realized how greatly he was missing that until now.
“Um, Buff Frog, your kinda crushing me,” Daisy's muffled voice managed to snap the frog out of his thoughts, as he pulled the girl away from his chest finally and stood back up to his full height. “My apologies. Bow then after scary ordeal, would you and sister like snack,” he took the girl's hand, who just stared up at him with curious, eager eyes.
“Snack? But mommy didn't let us bring any candy,” Daisy said.
“Ahh yes, but I know where stash of candy bars is hidden. I put it there when I your age,” Buff Frog said with a wink.
The girl giggled and allowed him to lead her off in the direction of the hidden treat, the girl calling for her sister to come with, who wasted no time in joining them. Once Buff Frog had unearthed the treasure trove of candy and the two girls were happily chocking down candy bars as they leaned against the Monster's sides, Marco, who had finally escaped from the Monster's tight, clingy grasp, approached his father, saying sheepishly, “Um, hey, dad about what we talked about earlier-”
But Buff Frog quickly cut him off, shaking his head and declaring, “You don't have to tell me.”
“R-Really?” Marco said in surprise.
“Da, I realize now I overreact. You not little kid anymore. You old enough to take care of self. Sometimes I just have trouble remembering that. Whatever problem you having, I know you and Star can handle, otherwise you tell me.”
Marco nodded, letting out a long sigh. “Well I'm glad you feel that way, but...” Marco paused, looking over at Star for permission, who gave a small nod. “I-I don't think it's right to keep something like this hidden from you any longer. Have you... ever heard of a Monster named Rasticore?”
Buff Frog seemed surprised by this, but shook his head. “No, I haven't.”
“Well... he's this assassin guy, who kinda... attacked me and Star at the Orphan's Ball,” Marco said with a grimace.
The amphibian's eyes widened as he and all the other Monster exclaimed, “What?!”
Marco quickly waved his arms to try and calm them down. “No, no, we're both fine. It's okay.”
“Wait?! I thought you said that guy was a tax collector?” Lobster Claws asked in confusion.
“And you believed him?” Beard Deer scoffed in anger.
“Well, yeah, they can be very scary you know,” the crustacean argued, making several of the Monsters face-palm.
“Your an idiot,” Bearicorn muttered.
“But anyways,” Marco continued, after the interruption. “He got away and the King and Queen have been searching really hard to find him. But because it happened at the castle, we're having to keep it secret from everyone.”
Buff Frog nodded his head thoughtfully, his eyebrows furrowed. “That is for best, people would blame all Monsters if know the truth,” the amphibian agreed.
“That's what we were thinking,” Star said, joining in on the conversation as she moved to her boyfriend's side. “The only problem is, we're having a real tough time finding him, because we have no way to track him.”
Buff Frog was silent for a moment, clearly contemplating and both Star and Marco held their breath, holding each other's hands tight. Finally, after an agonizingly long time, the frog Monster responded, “I will ask around, see what I can find.”
The couple's mouths dropped open in shock at that, sharing a quick look, before turning back to the frog. “Th-That's it,” Marco managed to say.
“Da,” Buff Frog said, giving them a puzzled expression.
“Your not... worried?” Marco asked hesitantly, giving his dad a grimace of concern.
“Of course I worried. Is my job as father to worry over you,” Buff Frog said. “But... like I said before, I trust you to take care of self. And you have Star, you could be no safer with me than her.”
Star blushed at that, but she added softly, “Well that's not entirely true. He's after me, not Marco, so it's my fault that he...” Star's voice trailed off, the hurt in her tone as clear as day.
Buff Frog closed his eyes, his arms crossed in thought, but when they opened again he said, “All the more reason for you two to stay together.”
“Huh?” Star and Marco asked simultaneously. That was not the answer they were expecting.
“You two belong together,” the frog explained. “You need each other, especially in times of trouble and doubt. I meant what said earlier, you can handle problem as long as you have each other. And if you do need my help, then I be there.”
Marco gave his dad a loving, grateful smile, his voice chocked up, as he said, “Thanks, dad.” He couldn't believe he had ever doubted his dad enough to even think that he would separate him and Star. His dad loved him and he knew exactly how much Star meant to him, how crucial it was to keep her in his life. He had let his paranoia blind him from the truth that was right in front of him.
“You know,” Star spoke up, her voice light as she wrapped an arm around her bestie's shoulders. “Last time Rasticore showed up, apparently Marco managed to hold him off entirely on his own.”
Buff Frog and the other Monsters stared at their youngest in equal mixes of disbelief and pride and Marco felt his face flushing wildly. “W-Well, that's not entirely true,” Marco stuttered, tapping his fingers together shyly. “Kelly was there a-and Tom and Pony showed up and-”
“Come on, Marco, don't be so modest,” Star cooed, holding the boy close to her in a loving embrace. “Kelly told me the whole story and she said you gave that lizard a run for his money.”
“Well then, in that case, it seems I have nothing to worry about,” Buff Frog said, giving his son a delighted smile, which caused Marco to grin.
There was a sniff off to the side and everyone turned to see Beard Deer with tears running down his face. “Why are you crying?” Man Arm asked, giving the Monster a funny look.
“This is the proudest moment of my life,” Beard Deer whispered, before shouting, “My baby is growing up!”
“He'zz not even your baby,” Boo Fly pointed out and the deer Monster quickly rumbled, “Shut up, just let me have this!” wiping the tears out of his eyes with his claws.
Daisy and Violet laughed at the sight of the full-grown, tough-looking Monster in tears and even Star and Marco couldn't help but share a smile.
Buff Frog stood, putting his hands on the two's shoulders, staring down at them with a warm demeanor. “Now then... I believe sun will set soon. Why don't you two go spend last hours of day together?”
Star and Marco shared a look, the temptation clearly there for the both of them. “Are you sure?” Star asked, not wanting to agree if Buff Frog wasn't 100% okay with it.
He nodded, “Da.”
“But, I mean, we were supposed to spend the day together, we don't want to hurt your feelings,” Marco said, rubbing a hand up and down his arm.
“And you spent plenty of time with me,” Buff Frog said, giving his son's shoulder a reassuring squeeze. “But I know you must be desperate for some time alone.”
Star and Marco both nodded, eagerly. “We are,” Star admitted with a deep longing.
“Then go enjoy selves. I watch girls until you get back.”
Star and Marco didn't have to be told again, as they both ran off together, hands still entwined and wide smiles spread across their faces. Buff Frog watched them go, before going back over to sit with the girls, hoping the couple had a good time. Daisy and Violet looked up at the frog with curiosity. “Where are Big Brother and Star going?” Daisy asked.
“To spend time alone,” Buff Frog told them simply.
“Well why can't they spend time alone with us,” Violet asked, putting her hands on her hips and pouting.
“No, Violet they're going to kiss and stuff,” Daisy explained to her sister and Violet got a mischievous grin on her face.
“We should follow them and record the whole thing,” the creepy twin said, leaning closer to her sister.
“Yeah,” Daisy agreed, her face reflecting her sister's perfectly.
But a tutting from Buff Frog drew their attention. “Will do no such thing,” the frog said firmly. But his voice softened as he said, “How about we play game instead? Know many Monster games my father teach me.”
The two girls shared an enthusiastic grin, before pumping their fists in the air and shouting, “Yeah! Playtime with Uncle Buff Frog!”
This caught the Monster off-guard, but he smiled and chuckled to himself at the nickname, inwardly his heart soaring with joy.
…
“Okay, so wait, which Aureole sign are you?” Marco asked.
“I told you a pig-goat,” Star said once again, kicking her feet out over the ledge.
“Really?” Marco said cocking his head to the side. “That's just so strange.”
“Why is it strange?” Star asked in confusion.
“Well because, your super pretty and cool and everything and those pig-goats are... super creepy.” Marco shuddered against his will.
Star let out a snort. “Seriously? Your afraid of pig-goats.”
“Well, yeah. I woke up with one in my room a while back and it was just staring at me with these big beady eyes. I thought it was going to eat me.”
Now the blond royal full-on laughed at her adorable boyfriend, the hooded teen quickly joining in. Could he get anymore precious? Star thought as she leaned her head against his shoulder and he reciprocated the embrace, laying his head against hers, causing the two to sigh contently.
The two sat on the ledge above the large clearing below, the roar of the rushing waterfall a short distance away, though it didn't distract the two from their talk at all (which they had been at for hours straight now). They watched the Monster's below as they waited for the sun to be in proper setting position. They smiled as they saw Buff Frog rocking a now sleeping Daisy in his arms, the child exhausted from all of the doings of the day. Her twin was held in the safe and comfortable grasp of Bearicorn who looked nervous and hesitant holding the young one, as if afraid she might break, but with Buff Frog's coaching he began to relax some. The other Monsters looked jealous though that Bearicorn had been chosen shooting him death glares behind his back.
“So then, Diaz, which sign are you?” Star asked picking the conversation back up after a few seconds of silence from the two.
“I'm a Narwhal,” Marco said proudly, puffing his chest out a bit.
“What, no way?!” Now it was Star's turn to be surprised.
“Yeah, I definitely am, dad told me so,” Marco confirmed.
“Wow, how incredible is that!” Star declared, a bright beam on her face as she finally sat up, squeezing her cheeks in delight, her eyes shimmering. “My boyfriend's birthday sign is the same as my favorite spell!” she let out a loving sigh as she kissed his cheek, whispering gleefully, “Could you be anymore perfect?”
“Well I am dating the most amazing girl in the universe, so that is gonna be hard to top,” Marco said with one of those cute, signature smiles that just made Star melt.
“Ohhh you,” she cooed, pulling him closer so he was practically sitting on her lap as she led him in a breathless kiss. He wrapped his arms around her and closed his eyes just enjoying the moment, trying to get his sluggish mind to memorize every second of the wonderful act. Star smiled into the kiss as she felt his lips moving against hers in longing and she happily complied, deepening the kiss until the two were forced to pull away gasping for air, their cheek marks losing their glow as they separated.
“Wow, that was one of our best ones,” Star panted, her eyes shimmering from the magical experience.
Marco's eyes were half-lidded, the goofiest look on his face as he simply nodded and muttered, “Uh huh.” Star couldn't help but admire how precious her Marco was, this wasn't the first time one of her kisses had left him unable to speak but that didn't make it any less adorable. Suddenly a glow from the distance grabbed her attention as she swerved to see the sun had finally reached its peak on the horizon, luckily still visible over the treetops from this height. “Oh Marco it's starting,” Star gasped, grabbing him tightly by the arm.
Marco finally snapped out of his daze, his head clearing of the goo that was once functioning brain cells as he stared out at the enchanting sunset, the sky looking like something out of a painting, a picturesque setting to the end of another glorious day on Mewni. His heart skipped a beat at the beautiful sight, his mouth gaped open in awe and from next to him, Star looked the same. He had missed this so much, watching the sunset with his beautiful bestie and a part of him ached as he thought about all the sunsets he had missed while busy with the whole Commission thing.
He forced his eyes away from the captivating glow and onto the only sight in the dimensions that was more breathtaking than the setting sun, Star. “Hey um, Star,” he said slowly and the girl finally caught his eye, her blue eyes sparkling brighter than a thousand sunsets.
“Yeah, Marco,” Star said, a light, cute smile on her face as she stared at him expectantly.
“I was just gonna say, that I kinda missed this,” the hooded teen replied, before looking quickly away to hide his blush.
Star nodded. “Yeah me too,” the blond breathed, her voice nearly a sigh.
“And, also, I know we've been busy with stuff lately and since our first meeting is in a couple of days, it's probably only to get worse,” Marco continued, rubbing the back of his neck. “But watching the sunset with you is one of my favorite things in the world and... I don't want to lose that.”
Star gave his hand a gentle squeeze, her blue orbs dancing in the low light and his brown quickly followed suit. “I don't either,” she admitted, her heart cheek marks thumping once.
“Then let's make a promise,” Marco said excitedly, thrilled he wasn't going to lose one of his favorite activities with Star. “That no matter what, we meet up every day to watch the sunset together.”
Star smiled and nodded, but was caught off-guard as Marco held out a pinkie. “What are you doing?” she asked sweetly, an eyebrow slowly raising.
The boy gave her a naive look, “The twins told me this is what you do when you make a promise. Why did I do it wrong?”
Star shook her head. “No there a lot of ways to make a promise really. You can shake hands, hold each others pinkies, some people even spit on their hands,” Star explained.
Marco looked grossed out by the last one, saying, “Ugh, why would someone do that?”
“Don't know,” Star said with a shrug, she agreed it was disgusting. A coy smile spread across her face as she leaned closer to her boyfriend, till there noses were nearly touching. “But I know just the thing we should do to seal our promise.”
Marco's breath hitched at the look in Star's eye. “Wh-What?!” the hooded teen stuttered, wondering what possible thing his girlfriend could have in mind.
“This,” she said, leaning closer till there lips were slightly touching, then blew right into his mouth, making the boy cough as she laughed.
“Star,” he gasped out.
The girl just giggled and pulled him into a tight hug. “I'm just kidding, Marco. Obviously hugs are the way to go for us,” she said, laying his head against her chest.
Marco just held her back, listening to the gentle beating of her heart as he stared out at the sunset, already dreaming of the ones to come.
#Star vs#Star vs AU#My Writing#Light of the Sun and Stars#Starco#Sorry for the delays#Holidays wiped me out
5 notes
·
View notes